library split

28 files changed, 11753 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qcompleter.cpp b/src/widgets/util/qcompleter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0cb3bbdf8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qcompleter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1833 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QCompleter
+    \brief The QCompleter class provides completions based on an item model.
+    \since 4.2
+
+    You can use QCompleter to provide auto completions in any Qt
+    widget, such as QLineEdit and QComboBox.
+    When the user starts typing a word, QCompleter suggests possible ways of
+    completing the word, based on a word list. The word list is
+    provided as a QAbstractItemModel. (For simple applications, where
+    the word list is static, you can pass a QStringList to
+    QCompleter's constructor.)
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Basic Usage
+
+    A QCompleter is used typically with a QLineEdit or QComboBox.
+    For example, here's how to provide auto completions from a simple
+    word list in a QLineEdit:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_util_qcompleter.cpp 0
+
+    A QFileSystemModel can be used to provide auto completion of file names.
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_util_qcompleter.cpp 1
+
+    To set the model on which QCompleter should operate, call
+    setModel(). By default, QCompleter will attempt to match the \l
+    {completionPrefix}{completion prefix} (i.e., the word that the
+    user has started typing) against the Qt::EditRole data stored in
+    column 0 in the  model case sensitively. This can be changed
+    using setCompletionRole(), setCompletionColumn(), and
+    setCaseSensitivity().
+
+    If the model is sorted on the column and role that are used for completion,
+    you can call setModelSorting() with either
+    QCompleter::CaseSensitivelySortedModel or
+    QCompleter::CaseInsensitivelySortedModel as the argument. On large models,
+    this can lead to significant performance improvements, because QCompleter
+    can then use binary search instead of linear search.
+
+    The model can be a \l{QAbstractListModel}{list model},
+    a \l{QAbstractTableModel}{table model}, or a
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel}{tree model}. Completion on tree models
+    is slightly more involved and is covered in the \l{Handling
+    Tree Models} section below.
+
+    The completionMode() determines the mode used to provide completions to
+    the user.
+
+    \section1 Iterating Through Completions
+
+    To retrieve a single candidate string, call setCompletionPrefix()
+    with the text that needs to be completed and call
+    currentCompletion(). You can iterate through the list of
+    completions as below:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_util_qcompleter.cpp 2
+
+    completionCount() returns the total number of completions for the
+    current prefix. completionCount() should be avoided when possible,
+    since it requires a scan of the entire model.
+
+    \section1 The Completion Model
+
+    completionModel() return a list model that contains all possible
+    completions for the current completion prefix, in the order in which
+    they appear in the model. This model can be used to display the current
+    completions in a custom view. Calling setCompletionPrefix() automatically
+    refreshes the completion model.
+
+    \section1 Handling Tree Models
+
+    QCompleter can look for completions in tree models, assuming
+    that any item (or sub-item or sub-sub-item) can be unambiguously
+    represented as a string by specifying the path to the item. The
+    completion is then performed one level at a time.
+
+    Let's take the example of a user typing in a file system path.
+    The model is a (hierarchical) QFileSystemModel. The completion
+    occurs for every element in the path. For example, if the current
+    text is \c C:\Wind, QCompleter might suggest \c Windows to
+    complete the current path element. Similarly, if the current text
+    is \c C:\Windows\Sy, QCompleter might suggest \c System.
+
+    For this kind of completion to work, QCompleter needs to be able to
+    split the path into a list of strings that are matched at each level.
+    For \c C:\Windows\Sy, it needs to be split as "C:", "Windows" and "Sy".
+    The default implementation of splitPath(), splits the completionPrefix
+    using QDir::separator() if the model is a QFileSystemModel.
+
+    To provide completions, QCompleter needs to know the path from an index.
+    This is provided by pathFromIndex(). The default implementation of
+    pathFromIndex(), returns the data for the \l{Qt::EditRole}{edit role}
+    for list models and the absolute file path if the mode is a QFileSystemModel.
+
+    \sa QAbstractItemModel, QLineEdit, QComboBox, {Completer Example}
+*/
+
+#include "qcompleter_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPLETER
+
+#include "QtGui/qscrollbar.h"
+#include "QtGui/qstringlistmodel.h"
+#include "QtGui/qdirmodel.h"
+#include "QtGui/qfilesystemmodel.h"
+#include "QtGui/qheaderview.h"
+#include "QtGui/qlistview.h"
+#include "QtGui/qapplication.h"
+#include "QtGui/qevent.h"
+#include "QtGui/qheaderview.h"
+#include "QtGui/qdesktopwidget.h"
+#include "QtGui/qlineedit.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QCompletionModel::QCompletionModel(QCompleterPrivate *c, QObject *parent)
+    : QAbstractProxyModel(*new QCompletionModelPrivate, parent),
+      c(c), showAll(false)
+{
+    createEngine();
+}
+
+int QCompletionModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex &) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompletionModel);
+    return d->model->columnCount();
+}
+
+void QCompletionModel::setSourceModel(QAbstractItemModel *source)
+{
+    bool hadModel = (sourceModel() != 0);
+
+    if (hadModel)
+        QObject::disconnect(sourceModel(), 0, this, 0);
+
+    QAbstractProxyModel::setSourceModel(source);
+
+    if (source) {
+        // TODO: Optimize updates in the source model
+        connect(source, SIGNAL(modelReset()), this, SLOT(invalidate()));
+        connect(source, SIGNAL(destroyed()), this, SLOT(modelDestroyed()));
+        connect(source, SIGNAL(layoutChanged()), this, SLOT(invalidate()));
+        connect(source, SIGNAL(rowsInserted(QModelIndex,int,int)), this, SLOT(rowsInserted()));
+        connect(source, SIGNAL(rowsRemoved(QModelIndex,int,int)), this, SLOT(invalidate()));
+        connect(source, SIGNAL(columnsInserted(QModelIndex,int,int)), this, SLOT(invalidate()));
+        connect(source, SIGNAL(columnsRemoved(QModelIndex,int,int)), this, SLOT(invalidate()));
+        connect(source, SIGNAL(dataChanged(QModelIndex,QModelIndex)), this, SLOT(invalidate()));
+    }
+
+    invalidate();
+}
+
+void QCompletionModel::createEngine()
+{
+    bool sortedEngine = false;
+    switch (c->sorting) {
+    case QCompleter::UnsortedModel:
+        sortedEngine = false;
+        break;
+    case QCompleter::CaseSensitivelySortedModel:
+        sortedEngine = c->cs == Qt::CaseSensitive;
+        break;
+    case QCompleter::CaseInsensitivelySortedModel:
+        sortedEngine = c->cs == Qt::CaseInsensitive;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (sortedEngine)
+        engine.reset(new QSortedModelEngine(c));
+    else
+        engine.reset(new QUnsortedModelEngine(c));
+}
+
+QModelIndex QCompletionModel::mapToSource(const QModelIndex& index) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompletionModel);
+    if (!index.isValid())
+        return engine->curParent;
+
+    int row;
+    QModelIndex parent = engine->curParent;
+    if (!showAll) {
+        if (!engine->matchCount())
+            return QModelIndex();
+        Q_ASSERT(index.row() < engine->matchCount());
+        QIndexMapper& rootIndices = engine->historyMatch.indices;
+        if (index.row() < rootIndices.count()) {
+            row = rootIndices[index.row()];
+            parent = QModelIndex();
+        } else {
+            row = engine->curMatch.indices[index.row() - rootIndices.count()];
+        }
+    } else {
+        row = index.row();
+    }
+
+    return d->model->index(row, index.column(), parent);
+}
+
+QModelIndex QCompletionModel::mapFromSource(const QModelIndex& idx) const
+{
+    if (!idx.isValid())
+        return QModelIndex();
+
+    int row = -1;
+    if (!showAll) {
+        if (!engine->matchCount())
+            return QModelIndex();
+
+        QIndexMapper& rootIndices = engine->historyMatch.indices;
+        if (idx.parent().isValid()) {
+            if (idx.parent() != engine->curParent)
+                return QModelIndex();
+        } else {
+            row = rootIndices.indexOf(idx.row());
+            if (row == -1 && engine->curParent.isValid())
+                return QModelIndex(); // source parent and our parent don't match
+        }
+
+        if (row == -1) {
+            QIndexMapper& indices = engine->curMatch.indices;
+            engine->filterOnDemand(idx.row() - indices.last());
+            row = indices.indexOf(idx.row()) + rootIndices.count();
+        }
+
+        if (row == -1)
+            return QModelIndex();
+    } else {
+        if (idx.parent() != engine->curParent)
+            return QModelIndex();
+        row = idx.row();
+    }
+
+    return createIndex(row, idx.column());
+}
+
+bool QCompletionModel::setCurrentRow(int row)
+{
+    if (row < 0 || !engine->matchCount())
+        return false;
+
+    if (row >= engine->matchCount())
+        engine->filterOnDemand(row + 1 - engine->matchCount());
+
+    if (row >= engine->matchCount()) // invalid row
+        return false;
+
+    engine->curRow = row;
+    return true;
+}
+
+QModelIndex QCompletionModel::currentIndex(bool sourceIndex) const
+{
+    if (!engine->matchCount())
+        return QModelIndex();
+
+    int row = engine->curRow;
+    if (showAll)
+        row = engine->curMatch.indices[engine->curRow];
+
+    QModelIndex idx = createIndex(row, c->column);
+    if (!sourceIndex)
+        return idx;
+    return mapToSource(idx);
+}
+
+QModelIndex QCompletionModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex& parent) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompletionModel);
+    if (row < 0 || column < 0 || column >= columnCount(parent) || parent.isValid())
+        return QModelIndex();
+
+    if (!showAll) {
+        if (!engine->matchCount())
+            return QModelIndex();
+        if (row >= engine->historyMatch.indices.count()) {
+            int want = row + 1 - engine->matchCount();
+            if (want > 0)
+                engine->filterOnDemand(want);
+            if (row >= engine->matchCount())
+                return QModelIndex();
+        }
+    } else {
+        if (row >= d->model->rowCount(engine->curParent))
+            return QModelIndex();
+    }
+
+    return createIndex(row, column);
+}
+
+int QCompletionModel::completionCount() const
+{
+    if (!engine->matchCount())
+        return 0;
+
+    engine->filterOnDemand(INT_MAX);
+    return engine->matchCount();
+}
+
+int QCompletionModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompletionModel);
+    if (parent.isValid())
+        return 0;
+
+    if (showAll) {
+        // Show all items below current parent, even if we have no valid matches
+        if (engine->curParts.count() != 1  && !engine->matchCount()
+            && !engine->curParent.isValid())
+            return 0;
+        return d->model->rowCount(engine->curParent);
+    }
+
+    return completionCount();
+}
+
+void QCompletionModel::setFiltered(bool filtered)
+{
+    if (showAll == !filtered)
+        return;
+    showAll = !filtered;
+    resetModel();
+}
+
+bool QCompletionModel::hasChildren(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompletionModel);
+    if (parent.isValid())
+        return false;
+
+    if (showAll)
+        return d->model->hasChildren(mapToSource(parent));
+
+    if (!engine->matchCount())
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+QVariant QCompletionModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompletionModel);
+    return d->model->data(mapToSource(index), role);
+}
+
+void QCompletionModel::modelDestroyed()
+{
+    QAbstractProxyModel::setSourceModel(0); // switch to static empty model
+    invalidate();
+}
+
+void QCompletionModel::rowsInserted()
+{
+    invalidate();
+    emit rowsAdded();
+}
+
+void QCompletionModel::invalidate()
+{
+    engine->cache.clear();
+    filter(engine->curParts);
+}
+
+void QCompletionModel::filter(const QStringList& parts)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompletionModel);
+    engine->filter(parts);
+    resetModel();
+
+    if (d->model->canFetchMore(engine->curParent))
+        d->model->fetchMore(engine->curParent);
+}
+
+void QCompletionModel::resetModel()
+{
+    if (rowCount() == 0) {
+        reset();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    emit layoutAboutToBeChanged();
+    QModelIndexList piList = persistentIndexList();
+    QModelIndexList empty;
+    for (int i = 0; i < piList.size(); i++)
+        empty.append(QModelIndex());
+    changePersistentIndexList(piList, empty);
+    emit layoutChanged();
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void QCompletionEngine::filter(const QStringList& parts)
+{
+    const QAbstractItemModel *model = c->proxy->sourceModel();
+    curParts = parts;
+    if (curParts.isEmpty())
+        curParts.append(QString());
+
+    curRow = -1;
+    curParent = QModelIndex();
+    curMatch = QMatchData();
+    historyMatch = filterHistory();
+
+    if (!model)
+        return;
+
+    QModelIndex parent;
+    for (int i = 0; i < curParts.count() - 1; i++) {
+        QString part = curParts[i];
+        int emi = filter(part, parent, -1).exactMatchIndex;
+        if (emi == -1)
+            return;
+        parent = model->index(emi, c->column, parent);
+    }
+
+    // Note that we set the curParent to a valid parent, even if we have no matches
+    // When filtering is disabled, we show all the items under this parent
+    curParent = parent;
+    if (curParts.last().isEmpty())
+        curMatch = QMatchData(QIndexMapper(0, model->rowCount(curParent) - 1), -1, false);
+    else
+        curMatch = filter(curParts.last(), curParent, 1); // build at least one
+    curRow = curMatch.isValid() ? 0 : -1;
+}
+
+QMatchData QCompletionEngine::filterHistory()
+{
+    QAbstractItemModel *source = c->proxy->sourceModel();
+    if (curParts.count() <= 1 || c->proxy->showAll || !source)
+        return QMatchData();
+    bool isDirModel = false;
+    bool isFsModel = false;
+#ifndef QT_NO_DIRMODEL
+    isDirModel = (qobject_cast<QDirModel *>(source) != 0);
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_FILESYSTEMMODEL
+    isFsModel = (qobject_cast<QFileSystemModel *>(source) != 0);
+#endif
+    QVector<int> v;
+    QIndexMapper im(v);
+    QMatchData m(im, -1, true);
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < source->rowCount(); i++) {
+        QString str = source->index(i, c->column).data().toString();
+        if (str.startsWith(c->prefix, c->cs)
+#if (!defined(Q_OS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_WINCE)) && !defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+            && ((!isFsModel && !isDirModel) || QDir::toNativeSeparators(str) != QDir::separator())
+#endif
+            )
+            m.indices.append(i);
+    }
+    return m;
+}
+
+// Returns a match hint from the cache by chopping the search string
+bool QCompletionEngine::matchHint(QString part, const QModelIndex& parent, QMatchData *hint)
+{
+    if (c->cs == Qt::CaseInsensitive)
+        part = part.toLower();
+
+    const CacheItem& map = cache[parent];
+
+    QString key = part;
+    while (!key.isEmpty()) {
+        key.chop(1);
+        if (map.contains(key)) {
+            *hint = map[key];
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool QCompletionEngine::lookupCache(QString part, const QModelIndex& parent, QMatchData *m)
+{
+   if (c->cs == Qt::CaseInsensitive)
+        part = part.toLower();
+   const CacheItem& map = cache[parent];
+   if (!map.contains(part))
+       return false;
+   *m = map[part];
+   return true;
+}
+
+// When the cache size exceeds 1MB, it clears out about 1/2 of the cache.
+void QCompletionEngine::saveInCache(QString part, const QModelIndex& parent, const QMatchData& m)
+{
+    QMatchData old = cache[parent].take(part);
+    cost = cost + m.indices.cost() - old.indices.cost();
+    if (cost * sizeof(int) > 1024 * 1024) {
+        QMap<QModelIndex, CacheItem>::iterator it1 = cache.begin();
+        while (it1 != cache.end()) {
+            CacheItem& ci = it1.value();
+            int sz = ci.count()/2;
+            QMap<QString, QMatchData>::iterator it2 = ci.begin();
+            int i = 0;
+            while (it2 != ci.end() && i < sz) {
+                cost -= it2.value().indices.cost();
+                it2 = ci.erase(it2);
+                i++;
+            }
+            if (ci.count() == 0) {
+              it1 = cache.erase(it1);
+            } else {
+              ++it1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (c->cs == Qt::CaseInsensitive)
+        part = part.toLower();
+    cache[parent][part] = m;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+QIndexMapper QSortedModelEngine::indexHint(QString part, const QModelIndex& parent, Qt::SortOrder order)
+{
+    const QAbstractItemModel *model = c->proxy->sourceModel();
+
+    if (c->cs == Qt::CaseInsensitive)
+        part = part.toLower();
+
+    const CacheItem& map = cache[parent];
+
+    // Try to find a lower and upper bound for the search from previous results
+    int to = model->rowCount(parent) - 1;
+    int from = 0;
+    const CacheItem::const_iterator it = map.lowerBound(part);
+
+    // look backward for first valid hint
+    for(CacheItem::const_iterator it1 = it; it1-- != map.constBegin();) {
+        const QMatchData& value = it1.value();
+        if (value.isValid()) {
+            if (order == Qt::AscendingOrder) {
+                from = value.indices.last() + 1;
+            } else {
+                to = value.indices.first() - 1;
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // look forward for first valid hint
+    for(CacheItem::const_iterator it2 = it; it2 != map.constEnd(); ++it2) {
+        const QMatchData& value = it2.value();
+        if (value.isValid() && !it2.key().startsWith(part)) {
+            if (order == Qt::AscendingOrder) {
+                to = value.indices.first() - 1;
+            } else {
+                from = value.indices.first() + 1;
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return QIndexMapper(from, to);
+}
+
+Qt::SortOrder QSortedModelEngine::sortOrder(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+    const QAbstractItemModel *model = c->proxy->sourceModel();
+
+    int rowCount = model->rowCount(parent);
+    if (rowCount < 2)
+        return Qt::AscendingOrder;
+    QString first = model->data(model->index(0, c->column, parent), c->role).toString();
+    QString last = model->data(model->index(rowCount - 1, c->column, parent), c->role).toString();
+    return QString::compare(first, last, c->cs) <= 0 ? Qt::AscendingOrder : Qt::DescendingOrder;
+}
+
+QMatchData QSortedModelEngine::filter(const QString& part, const QModelIndex& parent, int)
+{
+    const QAbstractItemModel *model = c->proxy->sourceModel();
+
+    QMatchData hint;
+    if (lookupCache(part, parent, &hint))
+        return hint;
+
+    QIndexMapper indices;
+    Qt::SortOrder order = sortOrder(parent);
+
+    if (matchHint(part, parent, &hint)) {
+        if (!hint.isValid())
+            return QMatchData();
+        indices = hint.indices;
+    } else {
+        indices = indexHint(part, parent, order);
+    }
+
+    // binary search the model within 'indices' for 'part' under 'parent'
+    int high = indices.to() + 1;
+    int low = indices.from() - 1;
+    int probe;
+    QModelIndex probeIndex;
+    QString probeData;
+
+    while (high - low > 1)
+    {
+        probe = (high + low) / 2;
+        probeIndex = model->index(probe, c->column, parent);
+        probeData = model->data(probeIndex, c->role).toString();
+        const int cmp = QString::compare(probeData, part, c->cs);
+        if ((order == Qt::AscendingOrder && cmp >= 0)
+            || (order == Qt::DescendingOrder && cmp < 0)) {
+            high = probe;
+        } else {
+            low = probe;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ((order == Qt::AscendingOrder && low == indices.to())
+        || (order == Qt::DescendingOrder && high == indices.from())) { // not found
+        saveInCache(part, parent, QMatchData());
+        return QMatchData();
+    }
+
+    probeIndex = model->index(order == Qt::AscendingOrder ? low+1 : high-1, c->column, parent);
+    probeData = model->data(probeIndex, c->role).toString();
+    if (!probeData.startsWith(part, c->cs)) {
+        saveInCache(part, parent, QMatchData());
+        return QMatchData();
+    }
+
+    const bool exactMatch = QString::compare(probeData, part, c->cs) == 0;
+    int emi =  exactMatch ? (order == Qt::AscendingOrder ? low+1 : high-1) : -1;
+
+    int from = 0;
+    int to = 0;
+    if (order == Qt::AscendingOrder) {
+        from = low + 1;
+        high = indices.to() + 1;
+        low = from;
+    } else {
+        to = high - 1;
+        low = indices.from() - 1;
+        high = to;
+    }
+
+    while (high - low > 1)
+    {
+        probe = (high + low) / 2;
+        probeIndex = model->index(probe, c->column, parent);
+        probeData = model->data(probeIndex, c->role).toString();
+        const bool startsWith = probeData.startsWith(part, c->cs);
+        if ((order == Qt::AscendingOrder && startsWith)
+            || (order == Qt::DescendingOrder && !startsWith)) {
+            low = probe;
+        } else {
+            high = probe;
+        }
+    }
+
+    QMatchData m(order == Qt::AscendingOrder ? QIndexMapper(from, high - 1) : QIndexMapper(low+1, to), emi, false);
+    saveInCache(part, parent, m);
+    return m;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+int QUnsortedModelEngine::buildIndices(const QString& str, const QModelIndex& parent, int n,
+                                      const QIndexMapper& indices, QMatchData* m)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(m->partial);
+    Q_ASSERT(n != -1 || m->exactMatchIndex == -1);
+    const QAbstractItemModel *model = c->proxy->sourceModel();
+    int i, count = 0;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < indices.count() && count != n; ++i) {
+        QModelIndex idx = model->index(indices[i], c->column, parent);
+        QString data = model->data(idx, c->role).toString();
+        if (!data.startsWith(str, c->cs) || !(model->flags(idx) & Qt::ItemIsSelectable))
+            continue;
+        m->indices.append(indices[i]);
+        ++count;
+        if (m->exactMatchIndex == -1 && QString::compare(data, str, c->cs) == 0) {
+            m->exactMatchIndex = indices[i];
+            if (n == -1)
+                return indices[i];
+        }
+    }
+    return indices[i-1];
+}
+
+void QUnsortedModelEngine::filterOnDemand(int n)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(matchCount());
+    if (!curMatch.partial)
+        return;
+    Q_ASSERT(n >= -1);
+    const QAbstractItemModel *model = c->proxy->sourceModel();
+    int lastRow = model->rowCount(curParent) - 1;
+    QIndexMapper im(curMatch.indices.last() + 1, lastRow);
+    int lastIndex = buildIndices(curParts.last(), curParent, n, im, &curMatch);
+    curMatch.partial = (lastRow != lastIndex);
+    saveInCache(curParts.last(), curParent, curMatch);
+}
+
+QMatchData QUnsortedModelEngine::filter(const QString& part, const QModelIndex& parent, int n)
+{
+    QMatchData hint;
+
+    QVector<int> v;
+    QIndexMapper im(v);
+    QMatchData m(im, -1, true);
+
+    const QAbstractItemModel *model = c->proxy->sourceModel();
+    bool foundInCache = lookupCache(part, parent, &m);
+
+    if (!foundInCache) {
+        if (matchHint(part, parent, &hint) && !hint.isValid())
+            return QMatchData();
+    }
+
+    if (!foundInCache && !hint.isValid()) {
+        const int lastRow = model->rowCount(parent) - 1;
+        QIndexMapper all(0, lastRow);
+        int lastIndex = buildIndices(part, parent, n, all, &m);
+        m.partial = (lastIndex != lastRow);
+    } else {
+        if (!foundInCache) { // build from hint as much as we can
+            buildIndices(part, parent, INT_MAX, hint.indices, &m);
+            m.partial = hint.partial;
+        }
+        if (m.partial && ((n == -1 && m.exactMatchIndex == -1) || (m.indices.count() < n))) {
+            // need more and have more
+            const int lastRow = model->rowCount(parent) - 1;
+            QIndexMapper rest(hint.indices.last() + 1, lastRow);
+            int want = n == -1 ? -1 : n - m.indices.count();
+            int lastIndex = buildIndices(part, parent, want, rest, &m);
+            m.partial = (lastRow != lastIndex);
+        }
+    }
+
+    saveInCache(part, parent, m);
+    return m;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+QCompleterPrivate::QCompleterPrivate()
+: widget(0), proxy(0), popup(0), cs(Qt::CaseSensitive), role(Qt::EditRole), column(0),
+  maxVisibleItems(7), sorting(QCompleter::UnsortedModel), wrap(true), eatFocusOut(true),
+  hiddenBecauseNoMatch(false)
+{
+}
+
+void QCompleterPrivate::init(QAbstractItemModel *m)
+{
+    Q_Q(QCompleter);
+    proxy = new QCompletionModel(this, q);
+    QObject::connect(proxy, SIGNAL(rowsAdded()), q, SLOT(_q_autoResizePopup()));
+    q->setModel(m);
+#ifdef QT_NO_LISTVIEW
+    q->setCompletionMode(QCompleter::InlineCompletion);
+#else
+    q->setCompletionMode(QCompleter::PopupCompletion);
+#endif // QT_NO_LISTVIEW
+}
+
+void QCompleterPrivate::setCurrentIndex(QModelIndex index, bool select)
+{
+    Q_Q(QCompleter);
+    if (!q->popup())
+        return;
+    if (!select) {
+        popup->selectionModel()->setCurrentIndex(index, QItemSelectionModel::NoUpdate);
+    } else {
+        if (!index.isValid())
+            popup->selectionModel()->clear();
+        else
+            popup->selectionModel()->setCurrentIndex(index, QItemSelectionModel::Select
+                                                            | QItemSelectionModel::Rows);
+    }
+    index = popup->selectionModel()->currentIndex();
+    if (!index.isValid())
+        popup->scrollToTop();
+    else
+        popup->scrollTo(index, QAbstractItemView::PositionAtTop);
+}
+
+void QCompleterPrivate::_q_completionSelected(const QItemSelection& selection)
+{
+    QModelIndex index;
+    if (!selection.indexes().isEmpty())
+        index = selection.indexes().first();
+
+    _q_complete(index, true);
+}
+
+void QCompleterPrivate::_q_complete(QModelIndex index, bool highlighted)
+{
+    Q_Q(QCompleter);
+    QString completion;
+
+    if (!index.isValid() || (!proxy->showAll && (index.row() >= proxy->engine->matchCount()))) {
+        completion = prefix;
+    } else {
+        if (!(index.flags() & Qt::ItemIsEnabled))
+            return;
+        QModelIndex si = proxy->mapToSource(index);
+        si = si.sibling(si.row(), column); // for clicked()
+        completion = q->pathFromIndex(si);
+#ifndef QT_NO_DIRMODEL
+        // add a trailing separator in inline
+        if (mode == QCompleter::InlineCompletion) {
+            if (qobject_cast<QDirModel *>(proxy->sourceModel()) && QFileInfo(completion).isDir())
+                completion += QDir::separator();
+        }
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_FILESYSTEMMODEL
+        // add a trailing separator in inline
+        if (mode == QCompleter::InlineCompletion) {
+            if (qobject_cast<QFileSystemModel *>(proxy->sourceModel()) && QFileInfo(completion).isDir())
+                completion += QDir::separator();
+        }
+#endif
+    }
+
+    if (highlighted) {
+        emit q->highlighted(index);
+        emit q->highlighted(completion);
+    } else {
+        emit q->activated(index);
+        emit q->activated(completion);
+    }
+}
+
+void QCompleterPrivate::_q_autoResizePopup()
+{
+    if (!popup || !popup->isVisible())
+        return;
+    showPopup(popupRect);
+}
+
+void QCompleterPrivate::showPopup(const QRect& rect)
+{
+    const QRect screen = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry(widget);
+    Qt::LayoutDirection dir = widget->layoutDirection();
+    QPoint pos;
+    int rh, w;
+    int h = (popup->sizeHintForRow(0) * qMin(maxVisibleItems, popup->model()->rowCount()) + 3) + 3;
+    QScrollBar *hsb = popup->horizontalScrollBar();
+    if (hsb && hsb->isVisible())
+        h += popup->horizontalScrollBar()->sizeHint().height();
+
+    if (rect.isValid()) {
+        rh = rect.height();
+        w = rect.width();
+        pos = widget->mapToGlobal(dir == Qt::RightToLeft ? rect.bottomRight() : rect.bottomLeft());
+    } else {
+        rh = widget->height();
+        pos = widget->mapToGlobal(QPoint(0, widget->height() - 2));
+        w = widget->width();
+    }
+
+    if (w > screen.width())
+        w = screen.width();
+    if ((pos.x() + w) > (screen.x() + screen.width()))
+        pos.setX(screen.x() + screen.width() - w);
+    if (pos.x() < screen.x())
+        pos.setX(screen.x());
+
+    int top = pos.y() - rh - screen.top() + 2;
+    int bottom = screen.bottom() - pos.y();
+    h = qMax(h, popup->minimumHeight());
+    if (h > bottom) {
+        h = qMin(qMax(top, bottom), h);
+
+        if (top > bottom)
+            pos.setY(pos.y() - h - rh + 2);
+    }
+
+    popup->setGeometry(pos.x(), pos.y(), w, h);
+
+    if (!popup->isVisible())
+        popup->show();
+}
+
+void QCompleterPrivate::_q_fileSystemModelDirectoryLoaded(const QString &path)
+{
+    Q_Q(QCompleter);
+    // Slot called when QFileSystemModel has finished loading.
+    // If we hide the popup because there was no match because the model was not loaded yet,
+    // we re-start the completion when we get the results
+    if (hiddenBecauseNoMatch
+        && prefix.startsWith(path) && prefix != (path + QLatin1Char('/'))
+        && widget) {
+        q->complete();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a completer object with the given \a parent.
+*/
+QCompleter::QCompleter(QObject *parent)
+: QObject(*new QCompleterPrivate(), parent)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+    d->init();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a completer object with the given \a parent that provides completions
+    from the specified \a model.
+*/
+QCompleter::QCompleter(QAbstractItemModel *model, QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(*new QCompleterPrivate(), parent)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+    d->init(model);
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLISTMODEL
+/*!
+    Constructs a QCompleter object with the given \a parent that uses the specified
+    \a list as a source of possible completions.
+*/
+QCompleter::QCompleter(const QStringList& list, QObject *parent)
+: QObject(*new QCompleterPrivate(), parent)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+    d->init(new QStringListModel(list, this));
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_STRINGLISTMODEL
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the completer object.
+*/
+QCompleter::~QCompleter()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the widget for which completion are provided for to \a widget. This
+    function is automatically called when a QCompleter is set on a QLineEdit
+    using QLineEdit::setCompleter() or on a QComboBox using
+    QComboBox::setCompleter(). The widget needs to be set explicitly when
+    providing completions for custom widgets.
+
+    \sa widget(), setModel(), setPopup()
+ */
+void QCompleter::setWidget(QWidget *widget)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+    if (d->widget)
+        d->widget->removeEventFilter(this);
+    d->widget = widget;
+    if (d->widget)
+        d->widget->installEventFilter(this);
+    if (d->popup) {
+        d->popup->hide();
+        d->popup->setFocusProxy(d->widget);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the widget for which the completer object is providing completions.
+
+    \sa setWidget()
+ */
+QWidget *QCompleter::widget() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    return d->widget;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the model which provides completions to \a model. The \a model can
+    be list model or a tree model. If a model has been already previously set
+    and it has the QCompleter as its parent, it is deleted.
+
+    For convenience, if \a model is a QFileSystemModel, QCompleter switches its
+    caseSensitivity to Qt::CaseInsensitive on Windows and Qt::CaseSensitive
+    on other platforms.
+
+    \sa completionModel(), modelSorting, {Handling Tree Models}
+*/
+void QCompleter::setModel(QAbstractItemModel *model)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+    QAbstractItemModel *oldModel = d->proxy->sourceModel();
+    d->proxy->setSourceModel(model);
+    if (d->popup)
+        setPopup(d->popup); // set the model and make new connections
+    if (oldModel && oldModel->QObject::parent() == this)
+        delete oldModel;
+#ifndef QT_NO_DIRMODEL
+    if (qobject_cast<QDirModel *>(model)) {
+#if (defined(Q_OS_WIN) && !defined(Q_OS_WINCE)) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+        setCaseSensitivity(Qt::CaseInsensitive);
+#else
+        setCaseSensitivity(Qt::CaseSensitive);
+#endif
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_DIRMODEL
+#ifndef QT_NO_FILESYSTEMMODEL
+    QFileSystemModel *fsModel = qobject_cast<QFileSystemModel *>(model);
+    if (fsModel) {
+#if (defined(Q_OS_WIN) && !defined(Q_OS_WINCE)) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+        setCaseSensitivity(Qt::CaseInsensitive);
+#else
+        setCaseSensitivity(Qt::CaseSensitive);
+#endif
+        setCompletionRole(QFileSystemModel::FileNameRole);
+        connect(fsModel, SIGNAL(directoryLoaded(QString)), this, SLOT(_q_fileSystemModelDirectoryLoaded(QString)));
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_FILESYSTEMMODEL
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the model that provides completion strings.
+
+    \sa completionModel()
+*/
+QAbstractItemModel *QCompleter::model() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    return d->proxy->sourceModel();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum QCompleter::CompletionMode
+
+    This enum specifies how completions are provided to the user.
+
+    \value PopupCompletion            Current completions are displayed in a popup window.
+    \value InlineCompletion           Completions appear inline (as selected text).
+    \value UnfilteredPopupCompletion  All possible completions are displayed in a popup window with the most likely suggestion indicated as current.
+
+    \sa setCompletionMode()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QCompleter::completionMode
+    \brief how the completions are provided to the user
+
+    The default value is QCompleter::PopupCompletion.
+*/
+void QCompleter::setCompletionMode(QCompleter::CompletionMode mode)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+    d->mode = mode;
+    d->proxy->setFiltered(mode != QCompleter::UnfilteredPopupCompletion);
+
+    if (mode == QCompleter::InlineCompletion) {
+        if (d->widget)
+            d->widget->removeEventFilter(this);
+        if (d->popup) {
+            d->popup->deleteLater();
+            d->popup = 0;
+        }
+    } else {
+        if (d->widget)
+            d->widget->installEventFilter(this);
+    }
+}
+
+QCompleter::CompletionMode QCompleter::completionMode() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    return d->mode;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the popup used to display completions to \a popup. QCompleter takes
+    ownership of the view.
+
+    A QListView is automatically created when the completionMode() is set to
+    QCompleter::PopupCompletion or QCompleter::UnfilteredPopupCompletion. The
+    default popup displays the completionColumn().
+
+    Ensure that this function is called before the view settings are modified.
+    This is required since view's properties may require that a model has been
+    set on the view (for example, hiding columns in the view requires a model
+    to be set on the view).
+
+    \sa popup()
+*/
+void QCompleter::setPopup(QAbstractItemView *popup)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+    Q_ASSERT(popup != 0);
+    if (d->popup) {
+        QObject::disconnect(d->popup->selectionModel(), 0, this, 0);
+        QObject::disconnect(d->popup, 0, this, 0);
+    }
+    if (d->popup != popup)
+        delete d->popup;
+    if (popup->model() != d->proxy)
+        popup->setModel(d->proxy);
+#if defined(Q_OS_MAC) && !defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
+     popup->show();
+#else
+     popup->hide();
+#endif
+
+    Qt::FocusPolicy origPolicy = Qt::NoFocus;
+    if (d->widget)
+        origPolicy = d->widget->focusPolicy();
+    popup->setParent(0, Qt::Popup);
+    popup->setFocusPolicy(Qt::NoFocus);
+    if (d->widget)
+        d->widget->setFocusPolicy(origPolicy);
+
+    popup->setFocusProxy(d->widget);
+    popup->installEventFilter(this);
+    popup->setItemDelegate(new QCompleterItemDelegate(popup));
+#ifndef QT_NO_LISTVIEW
+    if (QListView *listView = qobject_cast<QListView *>(popup)) {
+        listView->setModelColumn(d->column);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    QObject::connect(popup, SIGNAL(clicked(QModelIndex)),
+                     this, SLOT(_q_complete(QModelIndex)));
+    QObject::connect(this, SIGNAL(activated(QModelIndex)),
+                     popup, SLOT(hide()));
+
+    QObject::connect(popup->selectionModel(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged(QItemSelection,QItemSelection)),
+                     this, SLOT(_q_completionSelected(QItemSelection)));
+    d->popup = popup;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the popup used to display completions.
+
+    \sa setPopup()
+*/
+QAbstractItemView *QCompleter::popup() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+#ifndef QT_NO_LISTVIEW
+    if (!d->popup && completionMode() != QCompleter::InlineCompletion) {
+        QListView *listView = new QListView;
+        listView->setEditTriggers(QAbstractItemView::NoEditTriggers);
+        listView->setHorizontalScrollBarPolicy(Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff);
+        listView->setSelectionBehavior(QAbstractItemView::SelectRows);
+        listView->setSelectionMode(QAbstractItemView::SingleSelection);
+        listView->setModelColumn(d->column);
+        QCompleter *that = const_cast<QCompleter*>(this);
+        that->setPopup(listView);
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_LISTVIEW
+    return d->popup;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \reimp
+*/
+bool QCompleter::event(QEvent *ev)
+{
+    return QObject::event(ev);
+}
+
+/*!
+  \reimp
+*/
+bool QCompleter::eventFilter(QObject *o, QEvent *e)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+
+    if (d->eatFocusOut && o == d->widget && e->type() == QEvent::FocusOut) {
+        d->hiddenBecauseNoMatch = false;
+        if (d->popup && d->popup->isVisible())
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    if (o != d->popup)
+        return QObject::eventFilter(o, e);
+
+    switch (e->type()) {
+    case QEvent::KeyPress: {
+        QKeyEvent *ke = static_cast<QKeyEvent *>(e);
+
+        QModelIndex curIndex = d->popup->currentIndex();
+        QModelIndexList selList = d->popup->selectionModel()->selectedIndexes();
+
+        const int key = ke->key();
+        // In UnFilteredPopup mode, select the current item
+        if ((key == Qt::Key_Up || key == Qt::Key_Down) && selList.isEmpty() && curIndex.isValid()
+            && d->mode == QCompleter::UnfilteredPopupCompletion) {
+              d->setCurrentIndex(curIndex);
+              return true;
+        }
+
+        // Handle popup navigation keys. These are hardcoded because up/down might make the
+        // widget do something else (lineedit cursor moves to home/end on mac, for instance)
+        switch (key) {
+        case Qt::Key_End:
+        case Qt::Key_Home:
+            if (ke->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier)
+                return false;
+            break;
+
+        case Qt::Key_Up:
+            if (!curIndex.isValid()) {
+                int rowCount = d->proxy->rowCount();
+                QModelIndex lastIndex = d->proxy->index(rowCount - 1, d->column);
+                d->setCurrentIndex(lastIndex);
+                return true;
+            } else if (curIndex.row() == 0) {
+                if (d->wrap)
+                    d->setCurrentIndex(QModelIndex());
+                return true;
+            }
+            return false;
+
+        case Qt::Key_Down:
+            if (!curIndex.isValid()) {
+                QModelIndex firstIndex = d->proxy->index(0, d->column);
+                d->setCurrentIndex(firstIndex);
+                return true;
+            } else if (curIndex.row() == d->proxy->rowCount() - 1) {
+                if (d->wrap)
+                    d->setCurrentIndex(QModelIndex());
+                return true;
+            }
+            return false;
+
+        case Qt::Key_PageUp:
+        case Qt::Key_PageDown:
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        // Send the event to the widget. If the widget accepted the event, do nothing
+        // If the widget did not accept the event, provide a default implementation
+        d->eatFocusOut = false;
+        (static_cast<QObject *>(d->widget))->event(ke);
+        d->eatFocusOut = true;
+        if (!d->widget || e->isAccepted() || !d->popup->isVisible()) {
+            // widget lost focus, hide the popup
+            if (d->widget && (!d->widget->hasFocus()
+#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
+                || (QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled() && !d->widget->hasEditFocus())
+#endif
+                ))
+                d->popup->hide();
+            if (e->isAccepted())
+                return true;
+        }
+
+        // default implementation for keys not handled by the widget when popup is open
+        switch (key) {
+#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
+        case Qt::Key_Select:
+            if (!QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled())
+                break;
+#endif
+        case Qt::Key_Return:
+        case Qt::Key_Enter:
+        case Qt::Key_Tab:
+            d->popup->hide();
+            if (curIndex.isValid())
+                d->_q_complete(curIndex);
+            break;
+
+        case Qt::Key_F4:
+            if (ke->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier)
+                d->popup->hide();
+            break;
+
+        case Qt::Key_Backtab:
+        case Qt::Key_Escape:
+            d->popup->hide();
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            break;
+        }
+
+        return true;
+    }
+
+#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
+    case QEvent::KeyRelease: {
+        QKeyEvent *ke = static_cast<QKeyEvent *>(e);
+        if (QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled() && ke->key() == Qt::Key_Back) {
+            // Send the event to the 'widget'. This is what we did for KeyPress, so we need
+            // to do the same for KeyRelease, in case the widget's KeyPress event set
+            // up something (such as a timer) that is relying on also receiving the
+            // key release. I see this as a bug in Qt, and should really set it up for all
+            // the affected keys. However, it is difficult to tell how this will affect
+            // existing code, and I can't test for every combination!
+            d->eatFocusOut = false;
+            static_cast<QObject *>(d->widget)->event(ke);
+            d->eatFocusOut = true;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: {
+#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
+        if (QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled()) {
+            // if we've clicked in the widget (or its descendant), let it handle the click
+            QWidget *source = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(o);
+            if (source) {
+                QPoint pos = source->mapToGlobal((static_cast<QMouseEvent *>(e))->pos());
+                QWidget *target = QApplication::widgetAt(pos);
+                if (target && (d->widget->isAncestorOf(target) ||
+                    target == d->widget)) {
+                    d->eatFocusOut = false;
+                    static_cast<QObject *>(target)->event(e);
+                    d->eatFocusOut = true;
+                    return true;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+#endif
+        if (!d->popup->underMouse()) {
+            d->popup->hide();
+            return true;
+        }
+        }
+        return false;
+
+    case QEvent::InputMethod:
+    case QEvent::ShortcutOverride:
+        QApplication::sendEvent(d->widget, e);
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        return false;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    For QCompleter::PopupCompletion and QCompletion::UnfilteredPopupCompletion
+    modes, calling this function displays the popup displaying the current
+    completions. By default, if \a rect is not specified, the popup is displayed
+    on the bottom of the widget(). If \a rect is specified the popup is
+    displayed on the left edge of the rectangle.
+
+    For QCompleter::InlineCompletion mode, the highlighted() signal is fired
+    with the current completion.
+*/
+void QCompleter::complete(const QRect& rect)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+    QModelIndex idx = d->proxy->currentIndex(false);
+    d->hiddenBecauseNoMatch = false;
+    if (d->mode == QCompleter::InlineCompletion) {
+        if (idx.isValid())
+            d->_q_complete(idx, true);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    Q_ASSERT(d->widget != 0);
+    if ((d->mode == QCompleter::PopupCompletion && !idx.isValid())
+        || (d->mode == QCompleter::UnfilteredPopupCompletion && d->proxy->rowCount() == 0)) {
+        if (d->popup)
+            d->popup->hide(); // no suggestion, hide
+        d->hiddenBecauseNoMatch = true;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    popup();
+    if (d->mode == QCompleter::UnfilteredPopupCompletion)
+        d->setCurrentIndex(idx, false);
+
+    d->showPopup(rect);
+    d->popupRect = rect;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the current row to the \a row specified. Returns true if successful;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    This function may be used along with currentCompletion() to iterate
+    through all the possible completions.
+
+    \sa currentCompletion(), completionCount()
+*/
+bool QCompleter::setCurrentRow(int row)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+    return d->proxy->setCurrentRow(row);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current row.
+
+    \sa setCurrentRow()
+*/
+int QCompleter::currentRow() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    return d->proxy->currentRow();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of completions for the current prefix. For an unsorted
+    model with a large number of items this can be expensive. Use setCurrentRow()
+    and currentCompletion() to iterate through all the completions.
+*/
+int QCompleter::completionCount() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    return d->proxy->completionCount();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum QCompleter::ModelSorting
+
+    This enum specifies how the items in the model are sorted.
+
+    \value UnsortedModel                    The model is unsorted.
+    \value CaseSensitivelySortedModel       The model is sorted case sensitively.
+    \value CaseInsensitivelySortedModel     The model is sorted case insensitively.
+
+    \sa setModelSorting()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QCompleter::modelSorting
+    \brief the way the model is sorted
+
+    By default, no assumptions are made about the order of the items
+    in the model that provides the completions.
+
+    If the model's data for the completionColumn() and completionRole() is sorted in
+    ascending order, you can set this property to \l CaseSensitivelySortedModel
+    or \l CaseInsensitivelySortedModel. On large models, this can lead to
+    significant performance improvements because the completer object can
+    then use a binary search algorithm instead of linear search algorithm.
+
+    The sort order (i.e ascending or descending order) of the model is determined
+    dynamically by inspecting the contents of the model.
+
+    \bold{Note:} The performance improvements described above cannot take place
+    when the completer's \l caseSensitivity is different to the case sensitivity
+    used by the model's when sorting.
+
+    \sa setCaseSensitivity(), QCompleter::ModelSorting
+*/
+void QCompleter::setModelSorting(QCompleter::ModelSorting sorting)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+    if (d->sorting == sorting)
+        return;
+    d->sorting = sorting;
+    d->proxy->createEngine();
+    d->proxy->invalidate();
+}
+
+QCompleter::ModelSorting QCompleter::modelSorting() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    return d->sorting;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QCompleter::completionColumn
+    \brief the column in the model in which completions are searched for.
+
+    If the popup() is a QListView, it is automatically setup to display
+    this column.
+
+    By default, the match column is 0.
+
+    \sa completionRole, caseSensitivity
+*/
+void QCompleter::setCompletionColumn(int column)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+    if (d->column == column)
+        return;
+#ifndef QT_NO_LISTVIEW
+    if (QListView *listView = qobject_cast<QListView *>(d->popup))
+        listView->setModelColumn(column);
+#endif
+    d->column = column;
+    d->proxy->invalidate();
+}
+
+int QCompleter::completionColumn() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    return d->column;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QCompleter::completionRole
+    \brief the item role to be used to query the contents of items for matching.
+
+    The default role is Qt::EditRole.
+
+    \sa completionColumn, caseSensitivity
+*/
+void QCompleter::setCompletionRole(int role)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+    if (d->role == role)
+        return;
+    d->role = role;
+    d->proxy->invalidate();
+}
+
+int QCompleter::completionRole() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    return d->role;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QCompleter::wrapAround
+    \brief the completions wrap around when navigating through items
+    \since 4.3
+
+    The default is true.
+*/
+void QCompleter::setWrapAround(bool wrap)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+    if (d->wrap == wrap)
+        return;
+    d->wrap = wrap;
+}
+
+bool QCompleter::wrapAround() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    return d->wrap;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QCompleter::maxVisibleItems
+    \brief the maximum allowed size on screen of the completer, measured in items
+    \since 4.6
+
+    By default, this property has a value of 7.
+*/
+int QCompleter::maxVisibleItems() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    return d->maxVisibleItems;
+}
+
+void QCompleter::setMaxVisibleItems(int maxItems)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+    if (maxItems < 0) {
+        qWarning("QCompleter::setMaxVisibleItems: "
+                 "Invalid max visible items (%d) must be >= 0", maxItems);
+        return;
+    }
+    d->maxVisibleItems = maxItems;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QCompleter::caseSensitivity
+    \brief the case sensitivity of the matching
+
+    The default is Qt::CaseSensitive.
+
+    \sa completionColumn, completionRole, modelSorting
+*/
+void QCompleter::setCaseSensitivity(Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+    if (d->cs == cs)
+        return;
+    d->cs = cs;
+    d->proxy->createEngine();
+    d->proxy->invalidate();
+}
+
+Qt::CaseSensitivity QCompleter::caseSensitivity() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    return d->cs;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QCompleter::completionPrefix
+    \brief the completion prefix used to provide completions.
+
+    The completionModel() is updated to reflect the list of possible
+    matches for \a prefix.
+*/
+void QCompleter::setCompletionPrefix(const QString &prefix)
+{
+    Q_D(QCompleter);
+    d->prefix = prefix;
+    d->proxy->filter(splitPath(prefix));
+}
+
+QString QCompleter::completionPrefix() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    return d->prefix;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the model index of the current completion in the completionModel().
+
+    \sa setCurrentRow(), currentCompletion(), model()
+*/
+QModelIndex QCompleter::currentIndex() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    return d->proxy->currentIndex(false);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current completion string. This includes the \l completionPrefix.
+    When used alongside setCurrentRow(), it can be used to iterate through
+    all the matches.
+
+    \sa setCurrentRow(), currentIndex()
+*/
+QString QCompleter::currentCompletion() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    return pathFromIndex(d->proxy->currentIndex(true));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the completion model. The completion model is a read-only list model
+    that contains all the possible matches for the current completion prefix.
+    The completion model is auto-updated to reflect the current completions.
+
+    \note The return value of this function is defined to be an QAbstractItemModel
+    purely for generality. This actual kind of model returned is an instance of an
+    QAbstractProxyModel subclass.
+
+    \sa completionPrefix, model()
+*/
+QAbstractItemModel *QCompleter::completionModel() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    return d->proxy;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the path for the given \a index. The completer object uses this to
+    obtain the completion text from the underlying model.
+
+    The default implementation returns the \l{Qt::EditRole}{edit role} of the
+    item for list models. It returns the absolute file path if the model is a
+    QFileSystemModel.
+
+    \sa splitPath()
+*/
+
+QString QCompleter::pathFromIndex(const QModelIndex& index) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    if (!index.isValid())
+        return QString();
+
+    QAbstractItemModel *sourceModel = d->proxy->sourceModel();
+    if (!sourceModel)
+        return QString();
+    bool isDirModel = false;
+    bool isFsModel = false;
+#ifndef QT_NO_DIRMODEL
+    isDirModel = qobject_cast<QDirModel *>(d->proxy->sourceModel()) != 0;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_FILESYSTEMMODEL
+    isFsModel = qobject_cast<QFileSystemModel *>(d->proxy->sourceModel()) != 0;
+#endif
+    if (!isDirModel && !isFsModel)
+        return sourceModel->data(index, d->role).toString();
+
+    QModelIndex idx = index;
+    QStringList list;
+    do {
+        QString t;
+        if (isDirModel)
+            t = sourceModel->data(idx, Qt::EditRole).toString();
+#ifndef QT_NO_FILESYSTEMMODEL
+        else
+            t = sourceModel->data(idx, QFileSystemModel::FileNameRole).toString();
+#endif
+        list.prepend(t);
+        QModelIndex parent = idx.parent();
+        idx = parent.sibling(parent.row(), index.column());
+    } while (idx.isValid());
+
+#if (!defined(Q_OS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_WINCE)) && !defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+    if (list.count() == 1) // only the separator or some other text
+        return list[0];
+    list[0].clear() ; // the join below will provide the separator
+#endif
+
+    return list.join(QDir::separator());
+}
+
+/*!
+    Splits the given \a path into strings that are used to match at each level
+    in the model().
+
+    The default implementation of splitPath() splits a file system path based on
+    QDir::separator() when the sourceModel() is a QFileSystemModel.
+
+    When used with list models, the first item in the returned list is used for
+    matching.
+
+    \sa pathFromIndex(), {Handling Tree Models}
+*/
+QStringList QCompleter::splitPath(const QString& path) const
+{
+    bool isDirModel = false;
+    bool isFsModel = false;
+#ifndef QT_NO_DIRMODEL
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+    isDirModel = qobject_cast<QDirModel *>(d->proxy->sourceModel()) != 0;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_FILESYSTEMMODEL
+#ifdef QT_NO_DIRMODEL
+    Q_D(const QCompleter);
+#endif
+    isFsModel = qobject_cast<QFileSystemModel *>(d->proxy->sourceModel()) != 0;
+#endif
+
+    if ((!isDirModel && !isFsModel) || path.isEmpty())
+        return QStringList(completionPrefix());
+
+    QString pathCopy = QDir::toNativeSeparators(path);
+    QString sep = QDir::separator();
+#if defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+    if (pathCopy == QLatin1String("\\"))
+        return QStringList(pathCopy);
+#elif defined(Q_OS_WIN) && !defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
+    if (pathCopy == QLatin1String("\\") || pathCopy == QLatin1String("\\\\"))
+        return QStringList(pathCopy);
+    QString doubleSlash(QLatin1String("\\\\"));
+    if (pathCopy.startsWith(doubleSlash))
+        pathCopy = pathCopy.mid(2);
+    else
+        doubleSlash.clear();
+#endif
+
+    QRegExp re(QLatin1Char('[') + QRegExp::escape(sep) + QLatin1Char(']'));
+    QStringList parts = pathCopy.split(re);
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+    // Do nothing
+#elif defined(Q_OS_WIN) && !defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
+    if (!doubleSlash.isEmpty())
+        parts[0].prepend(doubleSlash);
+#else
+    if (pathCopy[0] == sep[0]) // readd the "/" at the beginning as the split removed it
+        parts[0] = QDir::fromNativeSeparators(QString(sep[0]));
+#endif
+
+    return parts;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QCompleter::activated(const QModelIndex& index)
+
+    This signal is sent when an item in the popup() is activated by the user.
+    (by clicking or pressing return). The item's \a index in the completionModel()
+    is given.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QCompleter::activated(const QString &text)
+
+    This signal is sent when an item in the popup() is activated by the user (by
+    clicking or pressing return). The item's \a text is given.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QCompleter::highlighted(const QModelIndex& index)
+
+    This signal is sent when an item in the popup() is highlighted by
+    the user. It is also sent if complete() is called with the completionMode()
+    set to QCompleter::InlineCompletion. The item's \a index in the completionModel()
+    is given.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QCompleter::highlighted(const QString &text)
+
+    This signal is sent when an item in the popup() is highlighted by
+    the user. It is also sent if complete() is called with the completionMode()
+    set to QCompleter::InlineCompletion. The item's \a text is given.
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#include "moc_qcompleter.cpp"
+
+#endif // QT_NO_COMPLETER
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qcompleter.h b/src/widgets/util/qcompleter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ace2f0afb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qcompleter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QCOMPLETER_H
+#define QCOMPLETER_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+#include <QtCore/qpoint.h>
+#include <QtCore/qstring.h>
+#include <QtCore/qabstractitemmodel.h>
+#include <QtCore/qrect.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Gui)
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPLETER
+
+class QCompleterPrivate;
+class QAbstractItemView;
+class QAbstractProxyModel;
+class QWidget;
+
+class Q_GUI_EXPORT QCompleter : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY(QString completionPrefix READ completionPrefix WRITE setCompletionPrefix)
+    Q_PROPERTY(ModelSorting modelSorting READ modelSorting WRITE setModelSorting)
+    Q_PROPERTY(CompletionMode completionMode READ completionMode WRITE setCompletionMode)
+    Q_PROPERTY(int completionColumn READ completionColumn WRITE setCompletionColumn)
+    Q_PROPERTY(int completionRole READ completionRole WRITE setCompletionRole)
+    Q_PROPERTY(int maxVisibleItems READ maxVisibleItems WRITE setMaxVisibleItems)
+    Q_PROPERTY(Qt::CaseSensitivity caseSensitivity READ caseSensitivity WRITE setCaseSensitivity)
+    Q_PROPERTY(bool wrapAround READ wrapAround WRITE setWrapAround)
+
+public:
+    enum CompletionMode {
+        PopupCompletion,
+        UnfilteredPopupCompletion,
+        InlineCompletion
+    };
+
+    enum ModelSorting {
+        UnsortedModel = 0,
+        CaseSensitivelySortedModel,
+        CaseInsensitivelySortedModel
+    };
+
+    QCompleter(QObject *parent = 0);
+    QCompleter(QAbstractItemModel *model, QObject *parent = 0);
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLISTMODEL
+    QCompleter(const QStringList& completions, QObject *parent = 0);
+#endif
+    ~QCompleter();
+
+    void setWidget(QWidget *widget);
+    QWidget *widget() const;
+
+    void setModel(QAbstractItemModel *c);
+    QAbstractItemModel *model() const;
+
+    void setCompletionMode(CompletionMode mode);
+    CompletionMode completionMode() const;
+
+    QAbstractItemView *popup() const;
+    void setPopup(QAbstractItemView *popup);
+
+    void setCaseSensitivity(Qt::CaseSensitivity caseSensitivity);
+    Qt::CaseSensitivity caseSensitivity() const;
+
+    void setModelSorting(ModelSorting sorting);
+    ModelSorting modelSorting() const;
+
+    void setCompletionColumn(int column);
+    int  completionColumn() const;
+
+    void setCompletionRole(int role);
+    int  completionRole() const;
+
+    bool wrapAround() const;
+
+    int maxVisibleItems() const;
+    void setMaxVisibleItems(int maxItems);
+
+    int completionCount() const;
+    bool setCurrentRow(int row);
+    int currentRow() const;
+
+    QModelIndex currentIndex() const;
+    QString currentCompletion() const;
+
+    QAbstractItemModel *completionModel() const;
+
+    QString completionPrefix() const;
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    void setCompletionPrefix(const QString &prefix);
+    void complete(const QRect& rect = QRect());
+    void setWrapAround(bool wrap);
+
+public:
+    virtual QString pathFromIndex(const QModelIndex &index) const;
+    virtual QStringList splitPath(const QString &path) const;
+
+protected:
+    bool eventFilter(QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+    bool event(QEvent *);
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void activated(const QString &text);
+    void activated(const QModelIndex &index);
+    void highlighted(const QString &text);
+    void highlighted(const QModelIndex &index);
+
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCompleter)
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QCompleter)
+
+    Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_complete(QModelIndex))
+    Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_completionSelected(const QItemSelection&))
+    Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_autoResizePopup())
+    Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_fileSystemModelDirectoryLoaded(const QString&))
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_COMPLETER
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QCOMPLETER_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qcompleter_p.h b/src/widgets/util/qcompleter_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..83e7a27636
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qcompleter_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QCOMPLETER_P_H
+#define QCOMPLETER_P_H
+
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists purely as an
+// implementation detail.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "private/qobject_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPLETER
+
+#include "QtGui/qtreeview.h"
+#include "QtGui/qabstractproxymodel.h"
+#include "qcompleter.h"
+#include "QtGui/qitemdelegate.h"
+#include "QtGui/qpainter.h"
+#include "private/qabstractproxymodel_p.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QCompletionModel;
+
+class QCompleterPrivate : public QObjectPrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QCompleter)
+
+public:
+    QCompleterPrivate();
+    ~QCompleterPrivate() { delete popup; }
+    void init(QAbstractItemModel *model = 0);
+
+    QPointer<QWidget> widget;
+    QCompletionModel *proxy;
+    QAbstractItemView *popup;
+    QCompleter::CompletionMode mode;
+
+    QString prefix;
+    Qt::CaseSensitivity cs;
+    int role;
+    int column;
+    int maxVisibleItems;
+    QCompleter::ModelSorting sorting;
+    bool wrap;
+
+    bool eatFocusOut;
+    QRect popupRect;
+    bool hiddenBecauseNoMatch;
+
+    void showPopup(const QRect&);
+    void _q_complete(QModelIndex, bool = false);
+    void _q_completionSelected(const QItemSelection&);
+    void _q_autoResizePopup();
+    void _q_fileSystemModelDirectoryLoaded(const QString &path);
+    void setCurrentIndex(QModelIndex, bool = true);
+};
+
+class QIndexMapper
+{
+public:
+    QIndexMapper() : v(false), f(0), t(-1) { }
+    QIndexMapper(int f, int t) : v(false), f(f), t(t) { }
+    QIndexMapper(QVector<int> vec) : v(true), vector(vec), f(-1), t(-1) { }
+
+    inline int count() const { return v ? vector.count() : t - f + 1; }
+    inline int operator[] (int index) const { return v ? vector[index] : f + index; }
+    inline int indexOf(int x) const { return v ? vector.indexOf(x) : ((t < f) ? -1 : x - f); }
+    inline bool isValid() const { return !isEmpty(); }
+    inline bool isEmpty() const { return v ? vector.isEmpty() : (t < f); }
+    inline void append(int x) { Q_ASSERT(v); vector.append(x); }
+    inline int first() const { return v ? vector.first() : f; }
+    inline int last() const { return v ? vector.last() : t; }
+    inline int from() const { Q_ASSERT(!v); return f; }
+    inline int to() const { Q_ASSERT(!v); return t; }
+    inline int cost() const { return vector.count()+2; }
+
+private:
+    bool v;
+    QVector<int> vector;
+    int f, t;
+};
+
+struct QMatchData {
+    QMatchData() : exactMatchIndex(-1) { }
+    QMatchData(const QIndexMapper& indices, int em, bool p) :
+        indices(indices), exactMatchIndex(em), partial(p) { }
+    QIndexMapper indices;
+    inline bool isValid() const { return indices.isValid(); }
+    int  exactMatchIndex;
+    bool partial;
+};
+
+class QCompletionEngine
+{
+public:
+    typedef QMap<QString, QMatchData> CacheItem;
+    typedef QMap<QModelIndex, CacheItem> Cache;
+
+    QCompletionEngine(QCompleterPrivate *c) : c(c), curRow(-1), cost(0) { }
+    virtual ~QCompletionEngine() { }
+
+    void filter(const QStringList &parts);
+
+    QMatchData filterHistory();
+    bool matchHint(QString, const QModelIndex&, QMatchData*);
+
+    void saveInCache(QString, const QModelIndex&, const QMatchData&);
+    bool lookupCache(QString part, const QModelIndex& parent, QMatchData *m);
+
+    virtual void filterOnDemand(int) { }
+    virtual QMatchData filter(const QString&, const QModelIndex&, int) = 0;
+
+    int matchCount() const { return curMatch.indices.count() + historyMatch.indices.count(); }
+
+    QMatchData curMatch, historyMatch;
+    QCompleterPrivate *c;
+    QStringList curParts;
+    QModelIndex curParent;
+    int curRow;
+
+    Cache cache;
+    int cost;
+};
+
+class QSortedModelEngine : public QCompletionEngine
+{
+public:
+    QSortedModelEngine(QCompleterPrivate *c) : QCompletionEngine(c) { }
+    QMatchData filter(const QString&, const QModelIndex&, int);
+    QIndexMapper indexHint(QString, const QModelIndex&, Qt::SortOrder);
+    Qt::SortOrder sortOrder(const QModelIndex&) const;
+};
+
+class QUnsortedModelEngine : public QCompletionEngine
+{
+public:
+    QUnsortedModelEngine(QCompleterPrivate *c) : QCompletionEngine(c) { }
+
+    void filterOnDemand(int);
+    QMatchData filter(const QString&, const QModelIndex&, int);
+private:
+    int buildIndices(const QString& str, const QModelIndex& parent, int n,
+                     const QIndexMapper& iv, QMatchData* m);
+};
+
+class QCompleterItemDelegate : public QItemDelegate
+{
+public:
+    QCompleterItemDelegate(QAbstractItemView *view)
+        : QItemDelegate(view), view(view) { }
+    void paint(QPainter *p, const QStyleOptionViewItem& opt, const QModelIndex& idx) const {
+        QStyleOptionViewItem optCopy = opt;
+        optCopy.showDecorationSelected = true;
+        if (view->currentIndex() == idx)
+            optCopy.state |= QStyle::State_HasFocus;
+        QItemDelegate::paint(p, optCopy, idx);
+    }
+
+private:
+    QAbstractItemView *view;
+};
+
+class QCompletionModelPrivate;
+
+class QCompletionModel : public QAbstractProxyModel
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    QCompletionModel(QCompleterPrivate *c, QObject *parent);
+
+    void createEngine();
+    void setFiltered(bool);
+    void filter(const QStringList& parts);
+    int completionCount() const;
+    int currentRow() const { return engine->curRow; }
+    bool setCurrentRow(int row);
+    QModelIndex currentIndex(bool) const;
+    void resetModel();
+
+    QModelIndex index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex & = QModelIndex()) const;
+    int rowCount(const QModelIndex &index = QModelIndex()) const;
+    int columnCount(const QModelIndex &index = QModelIndex()) const;
+    bool hasChildren(const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const;
+    QModelIndex parent(const QModelIndex & = QModelIndex()) const { return QModelIndex(); }
+    QVariant data(const QModelIndex& index, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const;
+
+    void setSourceModel(QAbstractItemModel *sourceModel);
+    QModelIndex mapToSource(const QModelIndex& proxyIndex) const;
+    QModelIndex mapFromSource(const QModelIndex& sourceIndex) const;
+
+    QCompleterPrivate *c;
+    QScopedPointer<QCompletionEngine> engine;
+    bool showAll;
+
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QCompletionModel)
+
+signals:
+    void rowsAdded();
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    void invalidate();
+    void rowsInserted();
+    void modelDestroyed();
+};
+
+class QCompletionModelPrivate : public QAbstractProxyModelPrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QCompletionModel)
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QT_NO_COMPLETER
+
+#endif // QCOMPLETER_P_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qflickgesture.cpp b/src/widgets/util/qflickgesture.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fdd2a95333
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qflickgesture.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,715 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qgesture.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qevent.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qgraphicsitem.h"
+#include "qgraphicsscene.h"
+#include "qgraphicssceneevent.h"
+#include "qgraphicsview.h"
+#include "qscroller.h"
+#include "private/qevent_p.h"
+#include "private/qflickgesture_p.h"
+#include "qdebug.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+//#define QFLICKGESTURE_DEBUG
+
+#ifdef QFLICKGESTURE_DEBUG
+#  define qFGDebug  qDebug
+#else
+#  define qFGDebug  while (false) qDebug
+#endif
+
+extern bool qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event);
+
+static QMouseEvent *copyMouseEvent(QEvent *e)
+{
+    switch (e->type()) {
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+    case QEvent::MouseMove: {
+        QMouseEvent *me = static_cast<QMouseEvent *>(e);
+        return new QMouseEvent(me->type(), QPoint(0, 0), me->globalPos(), me->button(), me->buttons(), me->modifiers());
+    }
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+    case QEvent::GraphicsSceneMousePress:
+    case QEvent::GraphicsSceneMouseRelease:
+    case QEvent::GraphicsSceneMouseMove: {
+        QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent *me = static_cast<QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent *>(e);
+#if 1
+        QEvent::Type met = me->type() == QEvent::GraphicsSceneMousePress ? QEvent::MouseButtonPress :
+                           (me->type() == QEvent::GraphicsSceneMouseRelease ? QEvent::MouseButtonRelease : QEvent::MouseMove);
+        return new QMouseEvent(met, QPoint(0, 0), me->screenPos(), me->button(), me->buttons(), me->modifiers());
+#else
+        QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent *copy = new QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent(me->type());
+        copy->setPos(me->pos());
+        copy->setScenePos(me->scenePos());
+        copy->setScreenPos(me->screenPos());
+        for (int i = 0x1; i <= 0x10; i <<= 1) {
+            Qt::MouseButton button = Qt::MouseButton(i);
+            copy->setButtonDownPos(button, me->buttonDownPos(button));
+            copy->setButtonDownScenePos(button, me->buttonDownScenePos(button));
+            copy->setButtonDownScreenPos(button, me->buttonDownScreenPos(button));
+        }
+        copy->setLastPos(me->lastPos());
+        copy->setLastScenePos(me->lastScenePos());
+        copy->setLastScreenPos(me->lastScreenPos());
+        copy->setButtons(me->buttons());
+        copy->setButton(me->button());
+        copy->setModifiers(me->modifiers());
+        return copy;
+#endif
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+    default:
+        return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+class PressDelayHandler : public QObject
+{
+private:
+    PressDelayHandler(QObject *parent = 0)
+        : QObject(parent)
+        , pressDelayTimer(0)
+        , sendingEvent(false)
+        , mouseButton(Qt::NoButton)
+        , mouseTarget(0)
+    { }
+
+    static PressDelayHandler *inst;
+
+public:
+    enum {
+        UngrabMouseBefore = 1,
+        RegrabMouseAfterwards = 2
+    };
+
+    static PressDelayHandler *instance()
+    {
+        static PressDelayHandler *inst = 0;
+        if (!inst)
+            inst = new PressDelayHandler(QCoreApplication::instance());
+        return inst;
+    }
+
+    bool shouldEventBeIgnored(QEvent *) const
+    {
+        return sendingEvent;
+    }
+
+    bool isDelaying() const
+    {
+        return !pressDelayEvent.isNull();
+    }
+
+    void pressed(QEvent *e, int delay)
+    {
+        if (!pressDelayEvent) {
+            pressDelayEvent.reset(copyMouseEvent(e));
+            pressDelayTimer = startTimer(delay);
+            mouseTarget = QApplication::widgetAt(pressDelayEvent->globalPos());
+            mouseButton = pressDelayEvent->button();
+            qFGDebug() << "QFG: consuming/delaying mouse press";
+        } else {
+            qFGDebug() << "QFG: NOT consuming/delaying mouse press";
+        }
+        e->setAccepted(true);
+    }
+
+    bool released(QEvent *e, bool scrollerWasActive, bool scrollerIsActive)
+    {
+        // consume this event if the scroller was or is active
+        bool result = scrollerWasActive || scrollerIsActive;
+
+        // stop the timer
+        if (pressDelayTimer) {
+            killTimer(pressDelayTimer);
+            pressDelayTimer = 0;
+        }
+        // we still haven't even sent the press, so do it now
+        if (pressDelayEvent && mouseTarget && !scrollerIsActive) {
+            QScopedPointer<QMouseEvent> releaseEvent(copyMouseEvent(e));
+
+            qFGDebug() << "QFG: re-sending mouse press (due to release) for " << mouseTarget;
+            sendMouseEvent(pressDelayEvent.data(), UngrabMouseBefore);
+
+            qFGDebug() << "QFG: faking mouse release (due to release) for " << mouseTarget;
+            sendMouseEvent(releaseEvent.data());
+
+            result = true; // consume this event
+        } else if (mouseTarget && scrollerIsActive) {
+            // we grabbed the mouse expicitly when the scroller became active, so undo that now
+            sendMouseEvent(0, UngrabMouseBefore);
+        }
+        pressDelayEvent.reset(0);
+        mouseTarget = 0;
+        return result;
+    }
+
+    void scrollerWasIntercepted()
+    {
+        qFGDebug() << "QFG: deleting delayed mouse press, since scroller was only intercepted";
+        if (pressDelayEvent) {
+            // we still haven't even sent the press, so just throw it away now
+            if (pressDelayTimer) {
+                killTimer(pressDelayTimer);
+                pressDelayTimer = 0;
+            }
+            pressDelayEvent.reset(0);
+        }
+        mouseTarget = 0;
+    }
+
+    void scrollerBecameActive()
+    {
+        if (pressDelayEvent) {
+            // we still haven't even sent the press, so just throw it away now
+            qFGDebug() << "QFG: deleting delayed mouse press, since scroller is active now";
+            if (pressDelayTimer) {
+                killTimer(pressDelayTimer);
+                pressDelayTimer = 0;
+            }
+            pressDelayEvent.reset(0);
+            mouseTarget = 0;
+        } else if (mouseTarget) {
+            // we did send a press, so we need to fake a release now
+            Qt::MouseButtons mouseButtons = QApplication::mouseButtons();
+
+            // release all pressed mouse buttons
+            /*for (int i = 0; i < 32; ++i) {
+                if (mouseButtons & (1 << i)) {
+                    Qt::MouseButton b = static_cast<Qt::MouseButton>(1 << i);
+                    mouseButtons &= ~b;
+                    QPoint farFarAway(-QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, -QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
+
+                    qFGDebug() << "QFG: sending a fake mouse release at far-far-away to " << mouseTarget;
+                    QMouseEvent re(QEvent::MouseButtonRelease, QPoint(), farFarAway,
+                                   b, mouseButtons, QApplication::keyboardModifiers());
+                    sendMouseEvent(&re);
+                }
+            }*/
+
+            QPoint farFarAway(-QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, -QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
+
+            qFGDebug() << "QFG: sending a fake mouse release at far-far-away to " << mouseTarget;
+            QMouseEvent re(QEvent::MouseButtonRelease, QPoint(), farFarAway,
+                           mouseButton, QApplication::mouseButtons() & ~mouseButton,
+                           QApplication::keyboardModifiers());
+            sendMouseEvent(&re, RegrabMouseAfterwards);
+            // don't clear the mouseTarget just yet, since we need to explicitly ungrab the mouse on release!
+        }
+    }
+
+protected:
+    void timerEvent(QTimerEvent *e)
+    {
+        if (e->timerId() == pressDelayTimer) {
+            if (pressDelayEvent && mouseTarget) {
+                qFGDebug() << "QFG: timer event: re-sending mouse press to " << mouseTarget;
+                sendMouseEvent(pressDelayEvent.data(), UngrabMouseBefore);
+            }
+            pressDelayEvent.reset(0);
+
+            if (pressDelayTimer) {
+                killTimer(pressDelayTimer);
+                pressDelayTimer = 0;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    void sendMouseEvent(QMouseEvent *me, int flags = 0)
+    {
+        if (mouseTarget) {
+            sendingEvent = true;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+            QGraphicsItem *grabber = 0;
+            if (mouseTarget->parentWidget()) {
+                if (QGraphicsView *gv = qobject_cast<QGraphicsView *>(mouseTarget->parentWidget())) {
+                    if (gv->scene())
+                        grabber = gv->scene()->mouseGrabberItem();
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (grabber && (flags & UngrabMouseBefore)) {
+                // GraphicsView Mouse Handling Workaround #1:
+                // we need to ungrab the mouse before re-sending the press,
+                // since the scene had already set the mouse grabber to the
+                // original (and consumed) event's receiver
+                qFGDebug() << "QFG: ungrabbing" << grabber;
+                grabber->ungrabMouse();
+            }
+#endif // QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+
+            if (me) {
+                QMouseEvent copy(me->type(), mouseTarget->mapFromGlobal(me->globalPos()), me->globalPos(), me->button(), me->buttons(), me->modifiers());
+                qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(mouseTarget, &copy);
+            }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+            if (grabber && (flags & RegrabMouseAfterwards)) {
+                // GraphicsView Mouse Handling Workaround #2:
+                // we need to re-grab the mouse after sending a faked mouse
+                // release, since we still need the mouse moves for the gesture
+                // (the scene will clear the item's mouse grabber status on
+                // release).
+                qFGDebug() << "QFG: re-grabbing" << grabber;
+                grabber->grabMouse();
+            }
+#endif
+            sendingEvent = false;
+        }
+    }
+
+
+private:
+    int pressDelayTimer;
+    QScopedPointer<QMouseEvent> pressDelayEvent;
+    bool sendingEvent;
+    Qt::MouseButton mouseButton;
+    QPointer<QWidget> mouseTarget;
+};
+
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \class QFlickGesture
+    \since 4.8
+    \brief The QFlickGesture class describes a flicking gesture made by the user.
+    \ingroup gestures
+    The QFlickGesture is more complex than the QPanGesture that uses QScroller and QScrollerProperties
+    to decide if it is triggered.
+    This gesture is reacting on touch event as compared to the QMouseFlickGesture.
+
+    \sa {Gestures Programming}, QScroller, QScrollerProperties, QMouseFlickGesture
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+QFlickGesture::QFlickGesture(QObject *receiver, Qt::MouseButton button, QObject *parent)
+    : QGesture(*new QFlickGesturePrivate, parent)
+{
+    d_func()->q_ptr = this;
+    d_func()->receiver = receiver;
+    d_func()->receiverScroller = (receiver && QScroller::hasScroller(receiver)) ? QScroller::scroller(receiver) : 0;
+    d_func()->button = button;
+}
+
+QFlickGesture::~QFlickGesture()
+{ }
+
+QFlickGesturePrivate::QFlickGesturePrivate()
+    : receiverScroller(0), button(Qt::NoButton), macIgnoreWheel(false)
+{ }
+
+
+//
+// QFlickGestureRecognizer
+//
+
+
+QFlickGestureRecognizer::QFlickGestureRecognizer(Qt::MouseButton button)
+{
+    this->button = button;
+}
+
+/*! \reimp
+ */
+QGesture *QFlickGestureRecognizer::create(QObject *target)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+    QGraphicsObject *go = qobject_cast<QGraphicsObject*>(target);
+    if (go && button == Qt::NoButton) {
+        go->setAcceptTouchEvents(true);
+    }
+#endif
+    return new QFlickGesture(target, button);
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    The recognize function detects a touch event suitable to start the attached QScroller.
+    The QFlickGesture will be triggered as soon as the scroller is no longer in the state
+    QScroller::Inactive or QScroller::Pressed. It will be finished or canceled
+    at the next QEvent::TouchEnd.
+    Note that the QScroller might continue scrolling (kinetically) at this point.
+ */
+QGestureRecognizer::Result QFlickGestureRecognizer::recognize(QGesture *state,
+                                                              QObject *watched,
+                                                              QEvent *event)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(watched);
+
+    static QElapsedTimer monotonicTimer;
+    if (!monotonicTimer.isValid())
+        monotonicTimer.start();
+
+    QFlickGesture *q = static_cast<QFlickGesture *>(state);
+    QFlickGesturePrivate *d = q->d_func();
+
+    QScroller *scroller = d->receiverScroller;
+    if (!scroller)
+        return Ignore; // nothing to do without a scroller?
+
+    QWidget *receiverWidget = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(d->receiver);
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+    QGraphicsObject *receiverGraphicsObject = qobject_cast<QGraphicsObject *>(d->receiver);
+#endif
+
+    // this is only set for events that we inject into the event loop via sendEvent()
+    if (PressDelayHandler::instance()->shouldEventBeIgnored(event)) {
+        //qFGDebug() << state << "QFG: ignored event: " << event->type();
+        return Ignore;
+    }
+
+    const QMouseEvent *me = 0;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+    const QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent *gsme = 0;
+#endif
+    const QTouchEvent *te = 0;
+    QPoint globalPos;
+
+    // qFGDebug() << "FlickGesture "<<state<<"watched:"<<watched<<"receiver"<<d->receiver<<"event"<<event->type()<<"button"<<button;
+
+    switch (event->type()) {
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+    case QEvent::MouseMove:
+        if (!receiverWidget)
+            return Ignore;
+        if (button != Qt::NoButton) {
+            me = static_cast<const QMouseEvent *>(event);
+            globalPos = me->globalPos();
+        }
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+    case QEvent::GraphicsSceneMousePress:
+    case QEvent::GraphicsSceneMouseRelease:
+    case QEvent::GraphicsSceneMouseMove:
+        if (!receiverGraphicsObject)
+            return Ignore;
+        if (button != Qt::NoButton) {
+            gsme = static_cast<const QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent *>(event);
+            globalPos = gsme->screenPos();
+        }
+        break;
+#endif
+    case QEvent::TouchBegin:
+    case QEvent::TouchEnd:
+    case QEvent::TouchUpdate:
+        if (button == Qt::NoButton) {
+            te = static_cast<const QTouchEvent *>(event);
+            if (!te->touchPoints().isEmpty())
+                globalPos = te->touchPoints().at(0).screenPos().toPoint();
+        }
+        break;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    // the only way to distinguish between real mouse wheels and wheel
+    // events generated by the native 2 finger swipe gesture is to listen
+    // for these events (according to Apple's Cocoa Event-Handling Guide)
+
+    case QEvent::NativeGesture: {
+        QNativeGestureEvent *nge = static_cast<QNativeGestureEvent *>(event);
+        if (nge->gestureType == QNativeGestureEvent::GestureBegin)
+            d->macIgnoreWheel = true;
+        else if (nge->gestureType == QNativeGestureEvent::GestureEnd)
+            d->macIgnoreWheel = false;
+        break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // consume all wheel events if the scroller is active
+    case QEvent::Wheel:
+        if (d->macIgnoreWheel || (scroller->state() != QScroller::Inactive))
+            return Ignore | ConsumeEventHint;
+        break;
+
+    // consume all dbl click events if the scroller is active
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
+        if (scroller->state() != QScroller::Inactive)
+            return Ignore | ConsumeEventHint;
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (!me
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+        && !gsme
+#endif
+        && !te) // Neither mouse nor touch
+        return Ignore;
+
+    // get the current pointer position in local coordinates.
+    QPointF point;
+    QScroller::Input inputType = (QScroller::Input) 0;
+
+    switch (event->type()) {
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+        if (me && me->button() == button && me->buttons() == button) {
+            point = me->globalPos();
+            inputType = QScroller::InputPress;
+        } else if (me) {
+            scroller->stop();
+            return CancelGesture;
+        }
+        break;
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+        if (me && me->button() == button) {
+            point = me->globalPos();
+            inputType = QScroller::InputRelease;
+        }
+        break;
+    case QEvent::MouseMove:
+#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
+        // Qt on Symbian tracks the button state internally, while Qt on Win/Mac/Unix
+        // relies on the windowing system to report the current buttons state.
+        if (me && (me->buttons() == button || !me->buttons())) {
+#else
+        if (me && me->buttons() == button) {
+#endif
+            point = me->globalPos();
+            inputType = QScroller::InputMove;
+        }
+        break;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+    case QEvent::GraphicsSceneMousePress:
+        if (gsme && gsme->button() == button && gsme->buttons() == button) {
+            point = gsme->scenePos();
+            inputType = QScroller::InputPress;
+        } else if (gsme) {
+            scroller->stop();
+            return CancelGesture;
+        }
+        break;
+    case QEvent::GraphicsSceneMouseRelease:
+        if (gsme && gsme->button() == button) {
+            point = gsme->scenePos();
+            inputType = QScroller::InputRelease;
+        }
+        break;
+    case QEvent::GraphicsSceneMouseMove:
+#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
+        // Qt on Symbian tracks the button state internally, while Qt on Win/Mac/Unix
+        // relies on the windowing system to report the current buttons state.
+        if (gsme && (gsme->buttons() == button || !me->buttons())) {
+#else
+        if (gsme && gsme->buttons() == button) {
+#endif
+            point = gsme->scenePos();
+            inputType = QScroller::InputMove;
+        }
+        break;
+#endif
+
+    case QEvent::TouchBegin:
+        inputType = QScroller::InputPress;
+        // fall through
+    case QEvent::TouchEnd:
+        if (!inputType)
+            inputType = QScroller::InputRelease;
+        // fallthrough
+    case QEvent::TouchUpdate:
+        if (!inputType)
+            inputType = QScroller::InputMove;
+
+        if (te->deviceType() == QTouchEvent::TouchPad) {
+            if (te->touchPoints().count() != 2)  // 2 fingers on pad
+                return Ignore;
+
+            point = te->touchPoints().at(0).startScenePos() +
+                    ((te->touchPoints().at(0).scenePos() - te->touchPoints().at(0).startScenePos()) +
+                     (te->touchPoints().at(1).scenePos() - te->touchPoints().at(1).startScenePos())) / 2;
+        } else { // TouchScreen
+            if (te->touchPoints().count() != 1) // 1 finger on screen
+                return Ignore;
+
+            point = te->touchPoints().at(0).scenePos();
+        }
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    // Check for an active scroller at globalPos
+    if (inputType == QScroller::InputPress) {
+        foreach (QScroller *as, QScroller::activeScrollers()) {
+            if (as != scroller) {
+                QRegion scrollerRegion;
+
+                if (QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(as->target())) {
+                    scrollerRegion = QRect(w->mapToGlobal(QPoint(0, 0)), w->size());
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+                } else if (QGraphicsObject *go = qobject_cast<QGraphicsObject *>(as->target())) {
+                    if (go->scene() && !go->scene()->views().isEmpty()) {
+                        foreach (QGraphicsView *gv, go->scene()->views())
+                            scrollerRegion |= gv->mapFromScene(go->mapToScene(go->boundingRect()))
+                                              .translated(gv->mapToGlobal(QPoint(0, 0)));
+                    }
+#endif
+                }
+                // active scrollers always have priority
+                if (scrollerRegion.contains(globalPos))
+                    return Ignore;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    bool scrollerWasDragging = (scroller->state() == QScroller::Dragging);
+    bool scrollerWasScrolling = (scroller->state() == QScroller::Scrolling);
+
+    if (inputType) {
+        if (QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(d->receiver))
+            point = w->mapFromGlobal(point.toPoint());
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+        else if (QGraphicsObject *go = qobject_cast<QGraphicsObject *>(d->receiver))
+            point = go->mapFromScene(point);
+#endif
+
+        // inform the scroller about the new event
+        scroller->handleInput(inputType, point, monotonicTimer.elapsed());
+    }
+
+    // depending on the scroller state return the gesture state
+    Result result(0);
+    bool scrollerIsActive = (scroller->state() == QScroller::Dragging ||
+                             scroller->state() == QScroller::Scrolling);
+
+    // Consume all mouse events while dragging or scrolling to avoid nasty
+    // side effects with Qt's standard widgets.
+    if ((me
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+         || gsme
+#endif
+         ) && scrollerIsActive)
+        result |= ConsumeEventHint;
+
+    // The only problem with this approach is that we consume the
+    // MouseRelease when we start the scrolling with a flick gesture, so we
+    // have to fake a MouseRelease "somewhere" to not mess with the internal
+    // states of Qt's widgets (a QPushButton would stay in 'pressed' state
+    // forever, if it doesn't receive a MouseRelease).
+    if (me
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+        || gsme
+#endif
+        ) {
+        if (!scrollerWasDragging && !scrollerWasScrolling && scrollerIsActive)
+            PressDelayHandler::instance()->scrollerBecameActive();
+        else if (scrollerWasScrolling && (scroller->state() == QScroller::Dragging || scroller->state() == QScroller::Inactive))
+            PressDelayHandler::instance()->scrollerWasIntercepted();
+    }
+
+    if (!inputType) {
+        result |= Ignore;
+    } else {
+        switch (event->type()) {
+        case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+        case QEvent::GraphicsSceneMousePress:
+#endif
+            if (scroller->state() == QScroller::Pressed) {
+                int pressDelay = int(1000 * scroller->scrollerProperties().scrollMetric(QScrollerProperties::MousePressEventDelay).toReal());
+                if (pressDelay > 0) {
+                    result |= ConsumeEventHint;
+
+                    PressDelayHandler::instance()->pressed(event, pressDelay);
+                    event->accept();
+                }
+            }
+            // fall through
+        case QEvent::TouchBegin:
+            q->setHotSpot(globalPos);
+            result |= scrollerIsActive ? TriggerGesture : MayBeGesture;
+            break;
+
+        case QEvent::MouseMove:
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+        case QEvent::GraphicsSceneMouseMove:
+#endif
+            if (PressDelayHandler::instance()->isDelaying())
+                result |= ConsumeEventHint;
+            // fall through
+        case QEvent::TouchUpdate:
+            result |= scrollerIsActive ? TriggerGesture : Ignore;
+            break;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+        case QEvent::GraphicsSceneMouseRelease:
+#endif
+        case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+            if (PressDelayHandler::instance()->released(event, scrollerWasDragging || scrollerWasScrolling, scrollerIsActive))
+                result |= ConsumeEventHint;
+            // fall through
+        case QEvent::TouchEnd:
+            result |= scrollerIsActive ? FinishGesture : CancelGesture;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            result |= Ignore;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+/*! \reimp
+ */
+void QFlickGestureRecognizer::reset(QGesture *state)
+{
+    QGestureRecognizer::reset(state);
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QT_NO_GESTURES
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qflickgesture_p.h b/src/widgets/util/qflickgesture_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..451b579edd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qflickgesture_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QFLICKGESTURE_P_H
+#define QFLICKGESTURE_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of other Qt classes.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "qevent.h"
+#include "qgesturerecognizer.h"
+#include "private/qgesture_p.h"
+#include "qscroller.h"
+#include "qscopedpointer.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QFlickGesturePrivate;
+class QGraphicsItem;
+
+class Q_GUI_EXPORT QFlickGesture : public QGesture
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QFlickGesture)
+
+public:
+    QFlickGesture(QObject *receiver, Qt::MouseButton button, QObject *parent = 0);
+    ~QFlickGesture();
+
+    friend class QFlickGestureRecognizer;
+};
+
+class PressDelayHandler;
+
+class QFlickGesturePrivate : public QGesturePrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QFlickGesture)
+public:
+    QFlickGesturePrivate();
+
+    QPointer<QObject> receiver;
+    QScroller *receiverScroller;
+    Qt::MouseButton button; // NoButton == Touch
+    bool macIgnoreWheel;
+    static PressDelayHandler *pressDelayHandler;
+};
+
+class QFlickGestureRecognizer : public QGestureRecognizer
+{
+public:
+    QFlickGestureRecognizer(Qt::MouseButton button);
+
+    QGesture *create(QObject *target);
+    QGestureRecognizer::Result recognize(QGesture *state, QObject *watched, QEvent *event);
+    void reset(QGesture *state);
+
+private:
+    Qt::MouseButton button; // NoButton == Touch
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QT_NO_GESTURES
+
+#endif // QFLICKGESTURE_P_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qscroller.cpp b/src/widgets/util/qscroller.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db128c136a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qscroller.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2059 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qevent.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qscroller.h"
+#include "private/qflickgesture_p.h"
+#include "private/qscroller_p.h"
+#include "qscrollerproperties.h"
+#include "private/qscrollerproperties_p.h"
+#include "qnumeric.h"
+#include "math.h"
+
+#include <QTime>
+#include <QElapsedTimer>
+#include <QMap>
+#include <QApplication>
+#include <QAbstractScrollArea>
+#include <QGraphicsObject>
+#include <QGraphicsScene>
+#include <QGraphicsView>
+#include <QDesktopWidget>
+#include <QtCore/qmath.h>
+#include <QtGui/qevent.h>
+#include <qnumeric.h>
+
+#include <QtDebug>
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+#  include "private/qt_x11_p.h"
+#endif
+
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+bool qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event);
+
+//#define QSCROLLER_DEBUG
+
+#ifdef QSCROLLER_DEBUG
+#  define qScrollerDebug  qDebug
+#else
+#  define qScrollerDebug  while (false) qDebug
+#endif
+
+QDebug &operator<<(QDebug &dbg, const QScrollerPrivate::ScrollSegment &s)
+{
+    dbg << "\n  Time: start:" << s.startTime << " duration:" << s.deltaTime << " stop progress:" << s.stopProgress;
+    dbg << "\n  Pos: start:" << s.startPos << " delta:" << s.deltaPos << " stop:" << s.stopPos;
+    dbg << "\n  Curve: type:" << s.curve.type() << "\n";
+    return dbg;
+}
+
+
+// a few helper operators to make the code below a lot more readable:
+// otherwise a lot of ifs would have to be multi-line to check both the x
+// and y coordinate separately.
+
+// returns true only if the abs. value of BOTH x and y are <= f
+inline bool operator<=(const QPointF &p, qreal f)
+{
+    return (qAbs(p.x()) <= f) && (qAbs(p.y()) <= f);
+}
+
+// returns true only if the abs. value of BOTH x and y are < f
+inline bool operator<(const QPointF &p, qreal f)
+{
+    return (qAbs(p.x()) < f) && (qAbs(p.y()) < f);
+}
+
+// returns true if the abs. value of EITHER x or y are >= f
+inline bool operator>=(const QPointF &p, qreal f)
+{
+    return (qAbs(p.x()) >= f) || (qAbs(p.y()) >= f);
+}
+
+// returns true if the abs. value of EITHER x or y are > f
+inline bool operator>(const QPointF &p, qreal f)
+{
+    return (qAbs(p.x()) > f) || (qAbs(p.y()) > f);
+}
+
+// returns a new point with both coordinates having the abs. value of the original one
+inline QPointF qAbs(const QPointF &p)
+{
+    return QPointF(qAbs(p.x()), qAbs(p.y()));
+}
+
+// returns a new point with all components of p1 multiplied by the corresponding components of p2
+inline QPointF operator*(const QPointF &p1, const QPointF &p2)
+{
+    return QPointF(p1.x() * p2.x(), p1.y() * p2.y());
+}
+
+// returns a new point with all components of p1 divided by the corresponding components of p2
+inline QPointF operator/(const QPointF &p1, const QPointF &p2)
+{
+    return QPointF(p1.x() / p2.x(), p1.y() / p2.y());
+}
+
+inline QPointF clampToRect(const QPointF &p, const QRectF &rect)
+{
+    qreal x = qBound(rect.left(), p.x(), rect.right());
+    qreal y = qBound(rect.top(), p.y(), rect.bottom());
+    return QPointF(x, y);
+}
+
+// returns -1, 0 or +1 according to r being <0, ==0 or >0
+inline int qSign(qreal r)
+{
+    return (r < 0) ? -1 : ((r > 0) ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+// this version is not mathematically exact, but it just works for every
+// easing curve type (even custom ones)
+
+static qreal differentialForProgress(const QEasingCurve &curve, qreal pos)
+{
+    const qreal dx = 0.01;
+    qreal left = (pos < qreal(0.5)) ? pos : pos - qreal(dx);
+    qreal right = (pos >= qreal(0.5)) ? pos : pos + qreal(dx);
+    qreal d = (curve.valueForProgress(right) - curve.valueForProgress(left)) / qreal(dx);
+
+    //qScrollerDebug() << "differentialForProgress(type: " << curve.type() << ", pos: " << pos << ") = " << d;
+
+    return d;
+}
+
+// this version is not mathematically exact, but it just works for every
+// easing curve type (even custom ones)
+
+static qreal progressForValue(const QEasingCurve &curve, qreal value)
+{
+    if (curve.type() >= QEasingCurve::InElastic &&
+        curve.type() < QEasingCurve::Custom) {
+        qWarning("progressForValue(): QEasingCurves of type %d do not have an inverse, since they are not injective.", curve.type());
+        return value;
+    }
+    if (value < qreal(0) || value > qreal(1))
+        return value;
+
+    qreal progress = value, left(0), right(1);
+    for (int iterations = 6; iterations; --iterations) {
+        qreal v = curve.valueForProgress(progress);
+        if (v < value)
+            left = progress;
+        else if (v > value)
+            right = progress;
+        else
+            break;
+        progress = (left + right) / qreal(2);
+    }
+    return progress;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ANIMATION
+class QScrollTimer : public QAbstractAnimation
+{
+public:
+    QScrollTimer(QScrollerPrivate *_d)
+        : d(_d), ignoreUpdate(false), skip(0)
+    { }
+
+    int duration() const
+    {
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    void start()
+    {
+        // QAbstractAnimation::start() will immediately call
+        // updateCurrentTime(), but our state is not set correctly yet
+        ignoreUpdate = true;
+        QAbstractAnimation::start();
+        ignoreUpdate = false;
+        skip = 0;
+    }
+
+protected:
+    void updateCurrentTime(int /*currentTime*/)
+   {
+        if (!ignoreUpdate) {
+            if (++skip >= d->frameRateSkip()) {
+                skip = 0;
+                d->timerTick();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+private:
+    QScrollerPrivate *d;
+    bool ignoreUpdate;
+    int skip;
+};
+#endif // QT_NO_ANIMATION
+
+/*!
+    \class QScroller
+    \brief The QScroller class enables kinetic scrolling for any scrolling widget or graphics item.
+    \since 4.8
+
+    With kinetic scrolling, the user can push the widget in a given
+    direction and it will continue to scroll in this direction until it is
+    stopped either by the user or by friction.  Aspects of inertia, friction
+    and other physical concepts can be changed in order to fine-tune an
+    intuitive user experience.
+
+    The QScroller object is the object that stores the current position and
+    scrolling speed and takes care of updates.
+    QScroller can be triggered by a flick gesture
+
+    \code
+        QWidget *w = ...;
+        QScroller::grabGesture(w, QScroller::LeftMouseButtonGesture);
+    \endcode
+
+    or directly like this:
+
+    \code
+        QWidget *w = ...;
+        QScroller *scroller = QScroller::scroller(w);
+        scroller->scrollTo(QPointF(100, 100));
+    \endcode
+
+    The scrolled QObjects receive a QScrollPrepareEvent whenever the scroller needs to
+    update its geometry information and a QScrollEvent whenever the content of the object should
+    actually be scrolled.
+
+    The scroller uses the global QAbstractAnimation timer to generate its QScrollEvents. This
+    can be changed with QScrollerProperties::FrameRate on a per-QScroller basis.
+
+    Several examples in the \c scroller examples directory show how QScroller,
+    QScrollEvent and the scroller gesture can be used.
+
+    Even though this kinetic scroller has a large number of settings available via
+    QScrollerProperties, we recommend that you leave them all at their default, platform optimized
+    values. Before changing them you can experiment with the \c plot example in
+    the \c scroller examples directory.
+
+    \sa QScrollEvent, QScrollPrepareEvent, QScrollerProperties
+*/
+
+typedef QMap<QObject *, QScroller *> ScrollerHash;
+typedef QSet<QScroller *> ScrollerSet;
+
+Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(ScrollerHash, qt_allScrollers)
+Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(ScrollerSet, qt_activeScrollers)
+
+/*!
+    Returns \c true if a QScroller object was already created for \a target; \c false otherwise.
+
+    \sa scroller()
+*/
+bool QScroller::hasScroller(QObject *target)
+{
+    return (qt_allScrollers()->value(target));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the scroller for the given \a target.
+    As long as the object exists this function will always return the same QScroller instance.
+    If no QScroller exists for the \a target, one will implicitly be created.
+    At no point more than one QScroller will be active on an object.
+
+    \sa hasScroller(), target()
+*/
+QScroller *QScroller::scroller(QObject *target)
+{
+    if (!target) {
+        qWarning("QScroller::scroller() was called with a null target.");
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (qt_allScrollers()->contains(target))
+        return qt_allScrollers()->value(target);
+
+    QScroller *s = new QScroller(target);
+    qt_allScrollers()->insert(target, s);
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+    This is the const version of scroller().
+*/
+const QScroller *QScroller::scroller(const QObject *target)
+{
+    return scroller(const_cast<QObject*>(target));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns an application wide list of currently active QScroller objects.
+    Active QScroller objects are in a state() that is not QScroller::Inactive.
+    This function is useful when writing your own gesture recognizer.
+*/
+QList<QScroller *> QScroller::activeScrollers()
+{
+    return qt_activeScrollers()->toList();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the target object of this scroller.
+    \sa hasScroller(), scroller()
+ */
+QObject *QScroller::target() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QScroller);
+    return d->target;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QScroller::scrollerPropertiesChanged(const QScrollerProperties &newProperties);
+
+    QScroller emits this signal whenever its scroller properties change.
+    \a newProperties are the new scroller properties.
+
+    \sa scrollerProperties
+*/
+
+
+/*! \property QScroller::scrollerProperties
+    \brief The scroller properties of this scroller.
+    The properties are used by the QScroller to determine its scrolling behavior.
+*/
+QScrollerProperties QScroller::scrollerProperties() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QScroller);
+    return d->properties;
+}
+
+void QScroller::setScrollerProperties(const QScrollerProperties &sp)
+{
+    Q_D(QScroller);
+    if (d->properties != sp) {
+        d->properties = sp;
+        emit scrollerPropertiesChanged(sp);
+
+        // we need to force the recalculation here, since the overshootPolicy may have changed and
+        // existing segments may include an overshoot animation.
+        d->recalcScrollingSegments(true);
+    }
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+
+/*!
+    Registers a custom scroll gesture recognizer, grabs it for the \a
+    target and returns the resulting gesture type.  If \a scrollGestureType is
+    set to TouchGesture the gesture triggers on touch events. If it is set to
+    one of LeftMouseButtonGesture, RightMouseButtonGesture or
+    MiddleMouseButtonGesture it triggers on mouse events of the
+    corresponding button.
+
+    Only one scroll gesture can be active on a single object at the same
+    time. If you call this function twice on the same object, it will
+    ungrab the existing gesture before grabbing the new one.
+
+    \note To avoid unwanted side-effects, mouse events are consumed while
+    the gesture is triggered. Since the initial mouse press event is
+    not consumed, the gesture sends a fake mouse release event
+    at the global position \c{(INT_MIN, INT_MIN)}. This ensures that
+    internal states of the widget that received the original mouse press
+    are consistent.
+
+    \sa ungrabGesture, grabbedGesture
+*/
+Qt::GestureType QScroller::grabGesture(QObject *target, ScrollerGestureType scrollGestureType)
+{
+    // ensure that a scroller for target is created
+    QScroller *s = scroller(target);
+    if (!s)
+        return Qt::GestureType(0);
+
+    QScrollerPrivate *sp = s->d_ptr;
+    if (sp->recognizer)
+        ungrabGesture(target); // ungrab the old gesture
+
+    Qt::MouseButton button;
+    switch (scrollGestureType) {
+    case LeftMouseButtonGesture  : button = Qt::LeftButton; break;
+    case RightMouseButtonGesture : button = Qt::RightButton; break;
+    case MiddleMouseButtonGesture: button = Qt::MiddleButton; break;
+    default                      :
+    case TouchGesture            : button = Qt::NoButton; break; // NoButton == Touch
+    }
+
+    sp->recognizer = new QFlickGestureRecognizer(button);
+    sp->recognizerType = QGestureRecognizer::registerRecognizer(sp->recognizer);
+
+    if (target->isWidgetType()) {
+        QWidget *widget = static_cast<QWidget *>(target);
+        widget->grabGesture(sp->recognizerType);
+        if (scrollGestureType == TouchGesture)
+            widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptTouchEvents);
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+    } else if (QGraphicsObject *go = qobject_cast<QGraphicsObject*>(target)) {
+        if (scrollGestureType == TouchGesture)
+            go->setAcceptTouchEvents(true);
+        go->grabGesture(sp->recognizerType);
+#endif // QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+    }
+    return sp->recognizerType;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the gesture type currently grabbed for the \a target or 0 if no
+    gesture is grabbed.
+
+    \sa grabGesture, ungrabGesture
+*/
+Qt::GestureType QScroller::grabbedGesture(QObject *target)
+{
+    QScroller *s = scroller(target);
+    if (s && s->d_ptr)
+        return s->d_ptr->recognizerType;
+    else
+        return Qt::GestureType(0);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Ungrabs the gesture for the \a target.
+    Does nothing if no gesture is grabbed.
+
+    \sa grabGesture, grabbedGesture
+*/
+void QScroller::ungrabGesture(QObject *target)
+{
+    QScroller *s = scroller(target);
+    if (!s)
+        return;
+
+    QScrollerPrivate *sp = s->d_ptr;
+    if (!sp->recognizer)
+        return; // nothing to do
+
+    if (target->isWidgetType()) {
+        QWidget *widget = static_cast<QWidget *>(target);
+        widget->ungrabGesture(sp->recognizerType);
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+    } else if (QGraphicsObject *go = qobject_cast<QGraphicsObject*>(target)) {
+        go->ungrabGesture(sp->recognizerType);
+#endif
+    }
+
+    QGestureRecognizer::unregisterRecognizer(sp->recognizerType);
+    // do not delete the recognizer. The QGestureManager is doing this.
+    sp->recognizer = 0;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_GESTURES
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+QScroller::QScroller(QObject *target)
+    : d_ptr(new QScrollerPrivate(this, target))
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(target); // you can't create a scroller without a target in any normal way
+    Q_D(QScroller);
+    d->init();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+QScroller::~QScroller()
+{
+    Q_D(QScroller);
+#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+    QGestureRecognizer::unregisterRecognizer(d->recognizerType);
+    // do not delete the recognizer. The QGestureManager is doing this.
+    d->recognizer = 0;
+#endif
+    qt_allScrollers()->remove(d->target);
+    qt_activeScrollers()->remove(this);
+
+    delete d_ptr;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QScroller::stateChanged(QScroller::State newState);
+
+    QScroller emits this signal whenever the state changes. \a newState is the new State.
+
+    \sa state
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QScroller::state
+    \brief the state of the scroller
+
+    \sa QScroller::State
+*/
+QScroller::State QScroller::state() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QScroller);
+    return d->state;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Stops the scroller and resets its state back to Inactive.
+*/
+void QScroller::stop()
+{
+    Q_D(QScroller);
+    if (d->state != Inactive) {
+        QPointF here = clampToRect(d->contentPosition, d->contentPosRange);
+        qreal snapX = d->nextSnapPos(here.x(), 0, Qt::Horizontal);
+        qreal snapY = d->nextSnapPos(here.y(), 0, Qt::Vertical);
+        QPointF snap = here;
+        if (!qIsNaN(snapX))
+            snap.setX(snapX);
+        if (!qIsNaN(snapY))
+            snap.setY(snapY);
+        d->contentPosition = snap;
+        d->overshootPosition = QPointF(0, 0);
+
+        d->setState(Inactive);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the pixel per meter metric for the scrolled widget.
+
+    The value is reported for both the x and y axis separately by using a QPointF.
+
+    \note Please note that this value should be physically correct. The actual DPI settings
+    that Qt returns for the display may be reported wrongly on purpose by the underlying
+    windowing system, for example on Mac OS X or Maemo 5.
+*/
+QPointF QScroller::pixelPerMeter() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QScroller);
+    QPointF ppm = d->pixelPerMeter;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+    if (QGraphicsObject *go = qobject_cast<QGraphicsObject *>(d->target)) {
+        QTransform viewtr;
+        //TODO: the first view isn't really correct - maybe use an additional field in the prepare event?
+        if (go->scene() && !go->scene()->views().isEmpty())
+            viewtr = go->scene()->views().first()->viewportTransform();
+        QTransform tr = go->deviceTransform(viewtr);
+        if (tr.isScaling()) {
+            QPointF p0 = tr.map(QPointF(0, 0));
+            QPointF px = tr.map(QPointF(1, 0));
+            QPointF py = tr.map(QPointF(0, 1));
+            ppm.rx() /= QLineF(p0, px).length();
+            ppm.ry() /= QLineF(p0, py).length();
+        }
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+    return ppm;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current scrolling velocity in meter per second when the state is Scrolling or Dragging.
+    Returns a zero velocity otherwise.
+
+    The velocity is reported for both the x and y axis separately by using a QPointF.
+
+    \sa pixelPerMeter()
+*/
+QPointF QScroller::velocity() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QScroller);
+    const QScrollerPropertiesPrivate *sp = d->properties.d.data();
+
+     switch (state()) {
+     case Dragging:
+        return d->releaseVelocity;
+     case Scrolling: {
+        QPointF vel;
+        qint64 now = d->monotonicTimer.elapsed();
+
+        if (!d->xSegments.isEmpty()) {
+            const QScrollerPrivate::ScrollSegment &s = d->xSegments.head();
+            qreal progress = qreal(now - s.startTime) / qreal(s.deltaTime);
+            qreal v = qSign(s.deltaPos) * qreal(s.deltaTime) / qreal(1000) * sp->decelerationFactor * qreal(0.5) * differentialForProgress(s.curve, progress);
+            vel.setX(v);
+        }
+
+        if (!d->ySegments.isEmpty()) {
+            const QScrollerPrivate::ScrollSegment &s = d->ySegments.head();
+            qreal progress = qreal(now - s.startTime) / qreal(s.deltaTime);
+            qreal v = qSign(s.deltaPos) * qreal(s.deltaTime) / qreal(1000) * sp->decelerationFactor * qreal(0.5) * differentialForProgress(s.curve, progress);
+            vel.setY(v);
+        }
+        return vel;
+     }
+     default:
+         return QPointF(0, 0);
+     }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the estimated final position for the current scroll movement.
+    Returns the current position if the scroller state is not Scrolling.
+    The result is undefined when the scroller state is Inactive.
+
+    The target position is in pixel.
+
+    \sa pixelPerMeter(), scrollTo()
+*/
+QPointF QScroller::finalPosition() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QScroller);
+    return QPointF(d->scrollingSegmentsEndPos(Qt::Horizontal),
+                   d->scrollingSegmentsEndPos(Qt::Vertical));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Starts scrolling the widget so that point \a pos is at the top-left position in
+    the viewport.
+
+    The behaviour when scrolling outside the valid scroll area is undefined.
+    In this case the scroller might or might not overshoot.
+
+    The scrolling speed will be calculated so that the given position will
+    be reached after a platform-defined time span.
+
+    \a pos is given in viewport coordinates.
+
+    \sa ensureVisible()
+*/
+void QScroller::scrollTo(const QPointF &pos)
+{
+    // we could make this adjustable via QScrollerProperties
+    scrollTo(pos, 300);
+}
+
+/*! \overload
+
+    This version will reach its destination position in \a scrollTime milliseconds.
+*/
+void QScroller::scrollTo(const QPointF &pos, int scrollTime)
+{
+    Q_D(QScroller);
+
+    if (d->state == Pressed || d->state == Dragging )
+        return;
+
+    // no need to resend a prepare event if we are already scrolling
+    if (d->state == Inactive && !d->prepareScrolling(QPointF()))
+        return;
+
+    QPointF newpos = clampToRect(pos, d->contentPosRange);
+    qreal snapX = d->nextSnapPos(newpos.x(), 0, Qt::Horizontal);
+    qreal snapY = d->nextSnapPos(newpos.y(), 0, Qt::Vertical);
+    if (!qIsNaN(snapX))
+        newpos.setX(snapX);
+    if (!qIsNaN(snapY))
+        newpos.setY(snapY);
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "QScroller::scrollTo(req:" << pos << " [pix] / snap:" << newpos << ", " << scrollTime << " [ms])";
+
+    if (newpos == d->contentPosition + d->overshootPosition)
+        return;
+
+    QPointF vel = velocity();
+
+    if (scrollTime < 0)
+        scrollTime = 0;
+    qreal time = qreal(scrollTime) / 1000;
+
+    d->createScrollToSegments(vel.x(), time, newpos.x(), Qt::Horizontal, QScrollerPrivate::ScrollTypeScrollTo);
+    d->createScrollToSegments(vel.y(), time, newpos.y(), Qt::Vertical, QScrollerPrivate::ScrollTypeScrollTo);
+
+    if (!scrollTime)
+        d->setContentPositionHelperScrolling();
+    d->setState(scrollTime ? Scrolling : Inactive);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Starts scrolling so that the rectangle \a rect is visible inside the
+    viewport with additional margins specified in pixels by \a xmargin and \a ymargin around
+    the rect.
+
+    In cases where it is not possible to fit the rect plus margins inside the viewport the contents
+    are scrolled so that as much as possible is visible from \a rect.
+
+    The scrolling speed is calculated so that the given position is reached after a platform-defined
+    time span.
+
+    This function performs the actual scrolling by calling scrollTo().
+
+    \sa scrollTo
+*/
+void QScroller::ensureVisible(const QRectF &rect, qreal xmargin, qreal ymargin)
+{
+    // we could make this adjustable via QScrollerProperties
+    ensureVisible(rect, xmargin, ymargin, 1000);
+}
+
+/*! \overload
+
+    This version will reach its destination position in \a scrollTime milliseconds.
+*/
+void QScroller::ensureVisible(const QRectF &rect, qreal xmargin, qreal ymargin, int scrollTime)
+{
+    Q_D(QScroller);
+
+    if (d->state == Pressed || d->state == Dragging )
+        return;
+
+    if (d->state == Inactive && !d->prepareScrolling(QPointF()))
+        return;
+
+    // -- calculate the current pos (or the position after the current scroll)
+    QPointF startPos = d->contentPosition + d->overshootPosition;
+    startPos = QPointF(d->scrollingSegmentsEndPos(Qt::Horizontal),
+                       d->scrollingSegmentsEndPos(Qt::Vertical));
+
+    QRectF marginRect(rect.x() - xmargin, rect.y() - ymargin,
+                      rect.width() + 2 * xmargin, rect.height() + 2 * ymargin);
+
+    QSizeF visible = d->viewportSize;
+    QRectF visibleRect(startPos, visible);
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "QScroller::ensureVisible(" << rect << " [pix], " << xmargin << " [pix], " << ymargin << " [pix], " << scrollTime << "[ms])";
+    qScrollerDebug() << "  --> content position:" << d->contentPosition;
+
+    if (visibleRect.contains(marginRect))
+        return;
+
+    QPointF newPos = startPos;
+
+    if (visibleRect.width() < rect.width()) {
+        // at least try to move the rect into view
+        if (rect.left() > visibleRect.left())
+            newPos.setX(rect.left());
+        else if (rect.right() < visibleRect.right())
+            newPos.setX(rect.right() - visible.width());
+
+    } else if (visibleRect.width() < marginRect.width()) {
+        newPos.setX(rect.center().x() - visibleRect.width() / 2);
+    } else if (marginRect.left() > visibleRect.left()) {
+        newPos.setX(marginRect.left());
+    } else if (marginRect.right() < visibleRect.right()) {
+        newPos.setX(marginRect.right() - visible.width());
+    }
+
+    if (visibleRect.height() < rect.height()) {
+        // at least try to move the rect into view
+        if (rect.top() > visibleRect.top())
+            newPos.setX(rect.top());
+        else if (rect.bottom() < visibleRect.bottom())
+            newPos.setX(rect.bottom() - visible.height());
+
+    } else if (visibleRect.height() < marginRect.height()) {
+        newPos.setY(rect.center().y() - visibleRect.height() / 2);
+    } else if (marginRect.top() > visibleRect.top()) {
+        newPos.setY(marginRect.top());
+    } else if (marginRect.bottom() < visibleRect.bottom()) {
+        newPos.setY(marginRect.bottom() - visible.height());
+    }
+
+    // clamp to maximum content position
+    newPos = clampToRect(newPos, d->contentPosRange);
+    if (newPos == startPos)
+        return;
+
+    scrollTo(newPos, scrollTime);
+}
+
+/*! This function resends the QScrollPrepareEvent.
+    Calling resendPrepareEvent triggers a QScrollPrepareEvent from the scroller.
+    This allows the receiver to re-set content position and content size while
+    scrolling.
+    Calling this function while in the Inactive state is useless as the prepare event
+    is sent again before scrolling starts.
+ */
+void QScroller::resendPrepareEvent()
+{
+    Q_D(QScroller);
+    d->prepareScrolling(d->pressPosition);
+}
+
+/*! Set the snap positions for the horizontal axis to a list of \a positions.
+    This overwrites all previously set snap positions and also a previously
+    set snapping interval.
+    Snapping can be deactivated by setting an empty list of positions.
+ */
+void QScroller::setSnapPositionsX(const QList<qreal> &positions)
+{
+    Q_D(QScroller);
+    d->snapPositionsX = positions;
+    d->snapIntervalX = 0.0;
+
+    d->recalcScrollingSegments();
+}
+
+/*! Set the snap positions for the horizontal axis to regular spaced intervals.
+    The first snap position is at \a first. The next at \a first + \a interval.
+    This can be used to implement a list header.
+    This overwrites all previously set snap positions and also a previously
+    set snapping interval.
+    Snapping can be deactivated by setting an interval of 0.0
+ */
+void QScroller::setSnapPositionsX(qreal first, qreal interval)
+{
+    Q_D(QScroller);
+    d->snapFirstX = first;
+    d->snapIntervalX = interval;
+    d->snapPositionsX.clear();
+
+    d->recalcScrollingSegments();
+}
+
+/*! Set the snap positions for the vertical axis to a list of \a positions.
+    This overwrites all previously set snap positions and also a previously
+    set snapping interval.
+    Snapping can be deactivated by setting an empty list of positions.
+ */
+void QScroller::setSnapPositionsY(const QList<qreal> &positions)
+{
+    Q_D(QScroller);
+    d->snapPositionsY = positions;
+    d->snapIntervalY = 0.0;
+
+    d->recalcScrollingSegments();
+}
+
+/*! Set the snap positions for the vertical axis to regular spaced intervals.
+    The first snap position is at \a first. The next at \a first + \a interval.
+    This overwrites all previously set snap positions and also a previously
+    set snapping interval.
+    Snapping can be deactivated by setting an interval of 0.0
+ */
+void QScroller::setSnapPositionsY(qreal first, qreal interval)
+{
+    Q_D(QScroller);
+    d->snapFirstY = first;
+    d->snapIntervalY = interval;
+    d->snapPositionsY.clear();
+
+    d->recalcScrollingSegments();
+}
+
+
+
+// -------------- private ------------
+
+QScrollerPrivate::QScrollerPrivate(QScroller *q, QObject *_target)
+    : target(_target)
+#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+    , recognizer(0)
+    , recognizerType(Qt::CustomGesture)
+#endif
+    , state(QScroller::Inactive)
+    , firstScroll(true)
+    , pressTimestamp(0)
+    , lastTimestamp(0)
+    , snapFirstX(-1.0)
+    , snapIntervalX(0.0)
+    , snapFirstY(-1.0)
+    , snapIntervalY(0.0)
+#ifndef QT_NO_ANIMATION
+    , scrollTimer(new QScrollTimer(this))
+#endif
+    , q_ptr(q)
+{
+    connect(target, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(targetDestroyed()));
+}
+
+void QScrollerPrivate::init()
+{
+    setDpiFromWidget(0);
+    monotonicTimer.start();
+}
+
+void QScrollerPrivate::sendEvent(QObject *o, QEvent *e)
+{
+    qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(o, e);
+}
+
+const char *QScrollerPrivate::stateName(QScroller::State state)
+{
+    switch (state) {
+    case QScroller::Inactive:  return "inactive";
+    case QScroller::Pressed:   return "pressed";
+    case QScroller::Dragging:  return "dragging";
+    case QScroller::Scrolling: return "scrolling";
+    default:                   return "(invalid)";
+    }
+}
+
+const char *QScrollerPrivate::inputName(QScroller::Input input)
+{
+    switch (input) {
+    case QScroller::InputPress:   return "press";
+    case QScroller::InputMove:    return "move";
+    case QScroller::InputRelease: return "release";
+    default:                      return "(invalid)";
+    }
+}
+
+void QScrollerPrivate::targetDestroyed()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_ANIMATION
+    scrollTimer->stop();
+#endif
+    delete q_ptr;
+}
+
+void QScrollerPrivate::timerTick()
+{
+    struct timerevent {
+        QScroller::State state;
+        typedef void (QScrollerPrivate::*timerhandler_t)();
+        timerhandler_t handler;
+    };
+
+    timerevent timerevents[] = {
+        { QScroller::Dragging, &QScrollerPrivate::timerEventWhileDragging },
+        { QScroller::Scrolling, &QScrollerPrivate::timerEventWhileScrolling },
+    };
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < int(sizeof(timerevents) / sizeof(*timerevents)); ++i) {
+        timerevent *te = timerevents + i;
+
+        if (state == te->state) {
+            (this->*te->handler)();
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ANIMATION
+    scrollTimer->stop();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    This function is used by gesture recognizers to inform the scroller about a new input event.
+    The scroller changes its internal state() according to the input event and its attached
+    scroller properties. The scroller doesn't distinguish between the kind of input device the
+    event came from. Therefore the event needs to be split into the \a input type, a \a position and a
+    milli-second \a timestamp.  The \a position needs to be in the target's coordinate system.
+
+    The return value is \c true if the event should be consumed by the calling filter or \c false
+    if the event should be forwarded to the control.
+
+    \note Using grabGesture() should be sufficient for most use cases.
+*/
+bool QScroller::handleInput(Input input, const QPointF &position, qint64 timestamp)
+{
+    Q_D(QScroller);
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "QScroller::handleInput(" << input << ", " << d->stateName(d->state) << ", " << position << ", " << timestamp << ")";
+    struct statechange {
+        State state;
+        Input input;
+        typedef bool (QScrollerPrivate::*inputhandler_t)(const QPointF &position, qint64 timestamp);
+        inputhandler_t handler;
+    };
+
+    statechange statechanges[] = {
+        { QScroller::Inactive,  InputPress,   &QScrollerPrivate::pressWhileInactive },
+        { QScroller::Pressed,   InputMove,    &QScrollerPrivate::moveWhilePressed },
+        { QScroller::Pressed,   InputRelease, &QScrollerPrivate::releaseWhilePressed },
+        { QScroller::Dragging,  InputMove,    &QScrollerPrivate::moveWhileDragging },
+        { QScroller::Dragging,  InputRelease, &QScrollerPrivate::releaseWhileDragging },
+        { QScroller::Scrolling, InputPress,   &QScrollerPrivate::pressWhileScrolling }
+    };
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < int(sizeof(statechanges) / sizeof(*statechanges)); ++i) {
+        statechange *sc = statechanges + i;
+
+         if (d->state == sc->state && input == sc->input)
+             return (d->*sc->handler)(position - d->overshootPosition, timestamp);
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+#if !defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+// the Mac version is implemented in qscroller_mac.mm
+
+QPointF QScrollerPrivate::realDpi(int screen)
+{
+#  ifdef Q_WS_MAEMO_5
+    Q_UNUSED(screen);
+
+    // The DPI value is hardcoded to 96 on Maemo5:
+    // https://projects.maemo.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=152525
+    // This value (260) is only correct for the N900 though, but
+    // there's no way to get the real DPI at run time.
+    return QPointF(260, 260);
+
+#  elif defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_XRANDR)
+    if (X11 && X11->use_xrandr && X11->ptrXRRSizes && X11->ptrXRRRootToScreen) {
+        int nsizes = 0;
+        // QDesktopWidget is based on Xinerama screens, which do not always
+        // correspond to RandR screens: NVidia's TwinView e.g.  will show up
+        // as 2 screens in QDesktopWidget, but libXRandR will only see 1 screen.
+        // (although with the combined size of the Xinerama screens).
+        // Additionally, libXrandr will simply crash when calling XRRSizes
+        // for (the non-existent) screen 1 in this scenario.
+        Window root =  RootWindow(X11->display, screen == -1 ? X11->defaultScreen : screen);
+        int randrscreen = (root != XNone) ? X11->ptrXRRRootToScreen(X11->display, root) : -1;
+
+        XRRScreenSize *sizes = X11->ptrXRRSizes(X11->display, randrscreen == -1 ? 0 : randrscreen, &nsizes);
+        if (nsizes > 0 && sizes && sizes->width && sizes->height && sizes->mwidth && sizes->mheight) {
+            qScrollerDebug() << "XRandR DPI:" << QPointF(qreal(25.4) * qreal(sizes->width) / qreal(sizes->mwidth),
+                                                         qreal(25.4) * qreal(sizes->height) / qreal(sizes->mheight));
+            return QPointF(qreal(25.4) * qreal(sizes->width) / qreal(sizes->mwidth),
+                           qreal(25.4) * qreal(sizes->height) / qreal(sizes->mheight));
+        }
+    }
+#  endif
+
+    QWidget *w = QApplication::desktop()->screen(screen);
+    return QPointF(w->physicalDpiX(), w->physicalDpiY());
+}
+
+#endif // !Q_WS_MAC
+
+
+/*! \internal
+    Returns the resolution of the used screen.
+*/
+QPointF QScrollerPrivate::dpi() const
+{
+    return pixelPerMeter * qreal(0.0254);
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    Sets the resolution used for scrolling.
+    This resolution is only used by the kinetic scroller. If you change this
+    then the scroller will behave quite different as a lot of the values are
+    given in physical distances (millimeter).
+*/
+void QScrollerPrivate::setDpi(const QPointF &dpi)
+{
+    pixelPerMeter = dpi / qreal(0.0254);
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    Sets the dpi used for scrolling to the value of the widget.
+*/
+void QScrollerPrivate::setDpiFromWidget(QWidget *widget)
+{
+    QDesktopWidget *dw = QApplication::desktop();
+    setDpi(realDpi(widget ? dw->screenNumber(widget) : dw->primaryScreen()));
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    Updates the velocity during dragging.
+    Sets releaseVelocity.
+*/
+void QScrollerPrivate::updateVelocity(const QPointF &deltaPixelRaw, qint64 deltaTime)
+{
+    if (deltaTime <= 0)
+        return;
+
+    Q_Q(QScroller);
+    QPointF ppm = q->pixelPerMeter();
+    const QScrollerPropertiesPrivate *sp = properties.d.data();
+    QPointF deltaPixel = deltaPixelRaw;
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "QScroller::updateVelocity(" << deltaPixelRaw << " [delta pix], " << deltaTime << " [delta ms])";
+
+    // faster than 2.5mm/ms seems bogus (that would be a screen height in ~20 ms)
+    if (((deltaPixelRaw / qreal(deltaTime)).manhattanLength() / ((ppm.x() + ppm.y()) / 2) * 1000) > qreal(2.5))
+        deltaPixel = deltaPixelRaw * qreal(2.5) * ppm / 1000 / (deltaPixelRaw / qreal(deltaTime)).manhattanLength();
+
+    QPointF newv = -deltaPixel / qreal(deltaTime) * qreal(1000) / ppm;
+    // around 95% of all updates are in the [1..50] ms range, so make sure
+    // to scale the smoothing factor over that range: this way a 50ms update
+    // will have full impact, while 5ms update will only have a 10% impact.
+    qreal smoothing = sp->dragVelocitySmoothingFactor * qMin(qreal(deltaTime), qreal(50)) / qreal(50);
+
+    // only smooth if we already have a release velocity and only if the
+    // user hasn't stopped to move his finger for more than 100ms
+    if ((releaseVelocity != QPointF(0, 0)) && (deltaTime < 100)) {
+        qScrollerDebug() << "SMOOTHED from " << newv << " to " << newv * smoothing + releaseVelocity * (qreal(1) - smoothing);
+        // smooth x or y only if the new velocity is either 0 or at least in
+        // the same direction of the release velocity
+        if (!newv.x() || (qSign(releaseVelocity.x()) == qSign(newv.x())))
+            newv.setX(newv.x() * smoothing + releaseVelocity.x() * (qreal(1) - smoothing));
+        if (!newv.y() || (qSign(releaseVelocity.y()) == qSign(newv.y())))
+            newv.setY(newv.y() * smoothing + releaseVelocity.y() * (qreal(1) - smoothing));
+    } else
+        qScrollerDebug() << "NO SMOOTHING to " << newv;
+
+    releaseVelocity.setX(qBound(-sp->maximumVelocity, newv.x(), sp->maximumVelocity));
+    releaseVelocity.setY(qBound(-sp->maximumVelocity, newv.y(), sp->maximumVelocity));
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "  --> new velocity:" << releaseVelocity;
+}
+
+void QScrollerPrivate::pushSegment(ScrollType type, qreal deltaTime, qreal stopProgress, qreal startPos, qreal deltaPos, qreal stopPos, QEasingCurve::Type curve, Qt::Orientation orientation)
+{
+    if (startPos == stopPos || deltaPos == 0)
+        return;
+
+    ScrollSegment s;
+    if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal && !xSegments.isEmpty())
+        s.startTime = xSegments.last().startTime + xSegments.last().deltaTime * xSegments.last().stopProgress;
+    else if (orientation == Qt::Vertical && !ySegments.isEmpty())
+        s.startTime = ySegments.last().startTime + ySegments.last().deltaTime * ySegments.last().stopProgress;
+    else
+        s.startTime = monotonicTimer.elapsed();
+
+    s.startPos = startPos;
+    s.deltaPos = deltaPos;
+    s.stopPos = stopPos;
+    s.deltaTime = deltaTime * 1000;
+    s.stopProgress = stopProgress;
+    s.curve.setType(curve);
+    s.type = type;
+
+    if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal)
+        xSegments.enqueue(s);
+    else
+        ySegments.enqueue(s);
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "+++ Added a new ScrollSegment: " << s;
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+    Clears the old segments and recalculates them if the current segments are not longer valid
+*/
+void QScrollerPrivate::recalcScrollingSegments(bool forceRecalc)
+{
+    Q_Q(QScroller);
+    QPointF ppm = q->pixelPerMeter();
+
+    releaseVelocity = q->velocity();
+
+    if (forceRecalc || !scrollingSegmentsValid(Qt::Horizontal))
+        createScrollingSegments(releaseVelocity.x(), contentPosition.x() + overshootPosition.x(), ppm.x(), Qt::Horizontal);
+
+    if (forceRecalc || !scrollingSegmentsValid(Qt::Vertical))
+        createScrollingSegments(releaseVelocity.y(), contentPosition.y() + overshootPosition.y(), ppm.y(), Qt::Vertical);
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    Returns the end position after the current scroll has finished.
+*/
+qreal QScrollerPrivate::scrollingSegmentsEndPos(Qt::Orientation orientation) const
+{
+    if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) {
+        if (xSegments.isEmpty())
+            return contentPosition.x() + overshootPosition.x();
+        else
+            return xSegments.last().stopPos;
+    } else {
+        if (ySegments.isEmpty())
+            return contentPosition.y() + overshootPosition.y();
+        else
+            return ySegments.last().stopPos;
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    Checks if the scroller segment end in a valid position.
+*/
+bool QScrollerPrivate::scrollingSegmentsValid(Qt::Orientation orientation)
+{
+    QQueue<ScrollSegment> *segments;
+    qreal minPos;
+    qreal maxPos;
+
+    if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) {
+        segments = &xSegments;
+        minPos = contentPosRange.left();
+        maxPos = contentPosRange.right();
+    } else {
+        segments = &ySegments;
+        minPos = contentPosRange.top();
+        maxPos = contentPosRange.bottom();
+    }
+
+    if (segments->isEmpty())
+        return true;
+
+    const ScrollSegment &last = segments->last();
+    qreal stopPos = last.stopPos;
+
+    if (last.type == ScrollTypeScrollTo)
+        return true; // scrollTo is always valid
+
+    if (last.type == ScrollTypeOvershoot &&
+        (stopPos != minPos && stopPos != maxPos))
+        return false;
+
+    if (stopPos < minPos || stopPos > maxPos)
+        return false;
+
+    if (stopPos == minPos || stopPos == maxPos) // the begin and the end of the list are always ok
+        return true;
+
+    qreal nextSnap = nextSnapPos(stopPos, 0, orientation);
+    if (!qIsNaN(nextSnap) && stopPos != nextSnap)
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+   Creates the sections needed to scroll to the specific \a endPos to the segments queue.
+*/
+void QScrollerPrivate::createScrollToSegments(qreal v, qreal deltaTime, qreal endPos, Qt::Orientation orientation, ScrollType type)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(v);
+
+    if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal)
+        xSegments.clear();
+    else
+        ySegments.clear();
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "+++ createScrollToSegments: t:" << deltaTime << "ep:" << endPos << "o:" << int(orientation);
+
+    const QScrollerPropertiesPrivate *sp = properties.d.data();
+
+    qreal startPos = (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) ? contentPosition.x() + overshootPosition.x()
+                                                     : contentPosition.y() + overshootPosition.y();
+    qreal deltaPos = (endPos - startPos) / 2;
+
+    pushSegment(type, deltaTime * qreal(0.3), qreal(1.0), startPos, deltaPos, startPos + deltaPos, QEasingCurve::InQuad, orientation);
+    pushSegment(type, deltaTime * qreal(0.7), qreal(1.0), startPos + deltaPos, deltaPos, endPos, sp->scrollingCurve.type(), orientation);
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+void QScrollerPrivate::createScrollingSegments(qreal v, qreal startPos, qreal ppm, Qt::Orientation orientation)
+{
+    const QScrollerPropertiesPrivate *sp = properties.d.data();
+
+    QScrollerProperties::OvershootPolicy policy;
+    qreal minPos;
+    qreal maxPos;
+    qreal viewSize;
+
+    if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) {
+        xSegments.clear();
+        policy = sp->hOvershootPolicy;
+        minPos = contentPosRange.left();
+        maxPos = contentPosRange.right();
+        viewSize = viewportSize.width();
+    } else {
+        ySegments.clear();
+        policy = sp->vOvershootPolicy;
+        minPos = contentPosRange.top();
+        maxPos = contentPosRange.bottom();
+        viewSize = viewportSize.height();
+    }
+
+    bool alwaysOvershoot = (policy == QScrollerProperties::OvershootAlwaysOn);
+    bool noOvershoot = (policy == QScrollerProperties::OvershootAlwaysOff) || !sp->overshootScrollDistanceFactor;
+    bool canOvershoot = !noOvershoot && (alwaysOvershoot || maxPos);
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "+++ createScrollingSegments: s:" << startPos << "maxPos:" << maxPos << "o:" << int(orientation);
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "v = " << v << ", decelerationFactor = " << sp->decelerationFactor << ", curveType = " << sp->scrollingCurve.type();
+
+    // This is only correct for QEasingCurve::OutQuad (linear velocity,
+    // constant deceleration), but the results look and feel ok for OutExpo
+    // and OutSine as well
+
+    // v(t) = deltaTime * a * 0.5 * differentialForProgress(t / deltaTime)
+    // v(0) = vrelease
+    // v(deltaTime) = 0
+    // deltaTime = (2 * vrelease) / (a * differntial(0))
+
+    // pos(t) = integrate(v(t)dt)
+    // pos(t) = vrelease * t - 0.5 * a * t * t
+    // pos(t) = deltaTime * a * 0.5 * progress(t / deltaTime) * deltaTime
+    // deltaPos = pos(deltaTime)
+
+    qreal deltaTime = (qreal(2) * qAbs(v)) / (sp->decelerationFactor * differentialForProgress(sp->scrollingCurve, 0));
+    qreal deltaPos = qSign(v) * deltaTime * deltaTime * qreal(0.5) * sp->decelerationFactor * ppm;
+    qreal endPos = startPos + deltaPos;
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "  Real Delta:" << deltaPos;
+
+    // -- determine snap points
+    qreal nextSnap = nextSnapPos(endPos, 0, orientation);
+    qreal lowerSnapPos = nextSnapPos(startPos, -1, orientation);
+    qreal higherSnapPos = nextSnapPos(startPos, 1, orientation);
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "  Real Delta:" << lowerSnapPos <<"-"<<nextSnap <<"-"<<higherSnapPos;
+
+    // - check if we can reach another snap point
+    if (nextSnap > higherSnapPos || qIsNaN(higherSnapPos))
+        higherSnapPos = nextSnap;
+    if (nextSnap < lowerSnapPos || qIsNaN(lowerSnapPos))
+        lowerSnapPos = nextSnap;
+
+    // -- check if are in overshoot and end in overshoot
+    if ((startPos < minPos && endPos < minPos) ||
+        (startPos > maxPos && endPos > maxPos)) {
+        qreal stopPos = endPos < minPos ? minPos : maxPos;
+        qreal oDeltaTime = sp->overshootScrollTime;
+
+        pushSegment(ScrollTypeOvershoot, oDeltaTime * qreal(0.7), qreal(1.0), startPos, stopPos - startPos, stopPos, sp->scrollingCurve.type(), orientation);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (qAbs(v) < sp->minimumVelocity) {
+
+        qScrollerDebug() << "### below minimum Vel" << orientation;
+
+        // - no snap points or already at one
+        if (qIsNaN(nextSnap) || nextSnap == startPos)
+            return; // nothing to do, no scrolling needed.
+
+        // - decide which point to use
+
+        qreal snapDistance = higherSnapPos - lowerSnapPos;
+
+        qreal pressDistance = (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) ?
+            lastPosition.x() - pressPosition.x() :
+            lastPosition.y() - pressPosition.y();
+
+        // if not dragged far enough, pick the next snap point.
+        if (sp->snapPositionRatio == 0.0 || qAbs(pressDistance / sp->snapPositionRatio) > snapDistance)
+            endPos = nextSnap;
+        else if (pressDistance < 0.0)
+            endPos = lowerSnapPos;
+        else
+            endPos = higherSnapPos;
+
+        deltaPos = endPos - startPos;
+        qreal midPos = startPos + deltaPos * qreal(0.3);
+        pushSegment(ScrollTypeFlick, sp->snapTime * qreal(0.3), qreal(1.0), startPos, midPos - startPos, midPos, QEasingCurve::InQuad, orientation);
+        pushSegment(ScrollTypeFlick, sp->snapTime * qreal(0.7), qreal(1.0), midPos, endPos - midPos, endPos, sp->scrollingCurve.type(), orientation);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // - go to the next snappoint if there is one
+    if (v > 0 && !qIsNaN(higherSnapPos)) {
+        // change the time in relation to the changed end position
+        if (endPos - startPos)
+            deltaTime *= qAbs((higherSnapPos - startPos) / (endPos - startPos));
+        if (deltaTime > sp->snapTime)
+            deltaTime = sp->snapTime;
+        endPos = higherSnapPos;
+
+    } else if (v < 0 && !qIsNaN(lowerSnapPos)) {
+        // change the time in relation to the changed end position
+        if (endPos - startPos)
+            deltaTime *= qAbs((lowerSnapPos - startPos) / (endPos - startPos));
+        if (deltaTime > sp->snapTime)
+            deltaTime = sp->snapTime;
+        endPos = lowerSnapPos;
+
+    // -- check if we are overshooting
+    } else if (endPos < minPos || endPos > maxPos) {
+        qreal stopPos = endPos < minPos ? minPos : maxPos;
+
+        qScrollerDebug() << "Overshoot: delta:" << (stopPos - startPos);
+
+        qreal stopProgress = progressForValue(sp->scrollingCurve, qAbs((stopPos - startPos) / deltaPos));
+
+        if (!canOvershoot) {
+            qScrollerDebug() << "Overshoot stopp:" << stopProgress;
+
+            pushSegment(ScrollTypeFlick, deltaTime, stopProgress, startPos, endPos, stopPos, sp->scrollingCurve.type(), orientation);
+        } else {
+            qreal oDeltaTime = sp->overshootScrollTime;
+            qreal oStopProgress = qMin(stopProgress + oDeltaTime * qreal(0.3) / deltaTime, qreal(1));
+            qreal oDistance = startPos + deltaPos * sp->scrollingCurve.valueForProgress(oStopProgress) - stopPos;
+            qreal oMaxDistance = qSign(oDistance) * (viewSize * sp->overshootScrollDistanceFactor);
+
+            qScrollerDebug() << "1 oDistance:" << oDistance << "Max:" << oMaxDistance << "stopP/oStopP" << stopProgress << oStopProgress;
+
+            if (qAbs(oDistance) > qAbs(oMaxDistance)) {
+                oStopProgress = progressForValue(sp->scrollingCurve, qAbs((stopPos + oMaxDistance - startPos) / deltaPos));
+                oDistance = oMaxDistance;
+                qScrollerDebug() << "2 oDistance:" << oDistance << "Max:" << oMaxDistance << "stopP/oStopP" << stopProgress << oStopProgress;
+            }
+
+            pushSegment(ScrollTypeFlick, deltaTime, oStopProgress, startPos, deltaPos, stopPos + oDistance, sp->scrollingCurve.type(), orientation);
+            pushSegment(ScrollTypeOvershoot, oDeltaTime * qreal(0.7), qreal(1.0), stopPos + oDistance, -oDistance, stopPos, sp->scrollingCurve.type(), orientation);
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+
+    pushSegment(ScrollTypeFlick, deltaTime, qreal(1.0), startPos, deltaPos, endPos, sp->scrollingCurve.type(), orientation);
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+    Prepares scrolling by sending a QScrollPrepareEvent to the receiver widget.
+    Returns true if the scrolling was accepted and a target was returned.
+*/
+bool QScrollerPrivate::prepareScrolling(const QPointF &position)
+{
+    QScrollPrepareEvent spe(position);
+    spe.ignore();
+    sendEvent(target, &spe);
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "QScrollPrepareEvent returned from" << target << "with" << spe.isAccepted() << "mcp:" << spe.contentPosRange() << "cp:" << spe.contentPos();
+    if (spe.isAccepted()) {
+        QPointF oldContentPos = contentPosition + overshootPosition;
+        QPointF contentDelta = spe.contentPos() - oldContentPos;
+
+        viewportSize = spe.viewportSize();
+        contentPosRange = spe.contentPosRange();
+        if (contentPosRange.width() < 0)
+            contentPosRange.setWidth(0);
+        if (contentPosRange.height() < 0)
+            contentPosRange.setHeight(0);
+        contentPosition = clampToRect(spe.contentPos(), contentPosRange);
+        overshootPosition = spe.contentPos() - contentPosition;
+
+        // - check if the content position was moved
+        if (contentDelta != QPointF(0, 0)) {
+            // need to correct all segments
+            for (int i = 0; i < xSegments.count(); i++)
+                xSegments[i].startPos -= contentDelta.x();
+
+            for (int i = 0; i < ySegments.count(); i++)
+                ySegments[i].startPos -= contentDelta.y();
+        }
+
+        if (QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(target))
+            setDpiFromWidget(w);
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+        if (QGraphicsObject *go = qobject_cast<QGraphicsObject *>(target)) {
+            //TODO: the first view isn't really correct - maybe use an additional field in the prepare event?
+            if (go->scene() && !go->scene()->views().isEmpty())
+                setDpiFromWidget(go->scene()->views().first());
+        }
+#endif
+
+        if (state == QScroller::Scrolling) {
+            recalcScrollingSegments();
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+void QScrollerPrivate::handleDrag(const QPointF &position, qint64 timestamp)
+{
+    const QScrollerPropertiesPrivate *sp = properties.d.data();
+
+    QPointF deltaPixel = position - lastPosition;
+    qint64 deltaTime = timestamp - lastTimestamp;
+
+    if (sp->axisLockThreshold) {
+        int dx = qAbs(deltaPixel.x());
+        int dy = qAbs(deltaPixel.y());
+        if (dx || dy) {
+            bool vertical = (dy > dx);
+            qreal alpha = qreal(vertical ? dx : dy) / qreal(vertical ? dy : dx);
+            //qScrollerDebug() << "QScroller::handleDrag() -- axis lock:" << alpha << " / " << axisLockThreshold << "- isvertical:" << vertical << "- dx:" << dx << "- dy:" << dy;
+            if (alpha <= sp->axisLockThreshold) {
+                if (vertical)
+                    deltaPixel.setX(0);
+                else
+                    deltaPixel.setY(0);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // calculate velocity (if the user would release the mouse NOW)
+    updateVelocity(deltaPixel, deltaTime);
+
+    // restrict velocity, if content is not scrollable
+    QRectF max = contentPosRange;
+    bool canScrollX = (max.width() > 0) || (sp->hOvershootPolicy == QScrollerProperties::OvershootAlwaysOn);
+    bool canScrollY = (max.height() > 0) || (sp->vOvershootPolicy == QScrollerProperties::OvershootAlwaysOn);
+
+    if (!canScrollX) {
+        deltaPixel.setX(0);
+        releaseVelocity.setX(0);
+    }
+    if (!canScrollY) {
+        deltaPixel.setY(0);
+        releaseVelocity.setY(0);
+    }
+
+//    if (firstDrag) {
+//        // Do not delay the first drag
+//        setContentPositionHelper(q->contentPosition() - overshootDistance - deltaPixel);
+//        dragDistance = QPointF(0, 0);
+//    } else {
+    dragDistance += deltaPixel;
+//    }
+//qScrollerDebug() << "######################" << deltaPixel << position.y() << lastPosition.y();
+    if (canScrollX)
+        lastPosition.setX(position.x());
+    if (canScrollY)
+        lastPosition.setY(position.y());
+    lastTimestamp = timestamp;
+}
+
+bool QScrollerPrivate::pressWhileInactive(const QPointF &position, qint64 timestamp)
+{
+    if (prepareScrolling(position)) {
+        const QScrollerPropertiesPrivate *sp = properties.d.data();
+
+        if (!contentPosRange.isNull() ||
+            (sp->hOvershootPolicy == QScrollerProperties::OvershootAlwaysOn) ||
+            (sp->vOvershootPolicy == QScrollerProperties::OvershootAlwaysOn)) {
+
+            lastPosition = pressPosition = position;
+            lastTimestamp = pressTimestamp = timestamp;
+            setState(QScroller::Pressed);
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool QScrollerPrivate::releaseWhilePressed(const QPointF &, qint64)
+{
+    if (overshootPosition != QPointF(0.0, 0.0)) {
+        setState(QScroller::Scrolling);
+        return true;
+    } else {
+        setState(QScroller::Inactive);
+        return false;
+    }
+}
+
+bool QScrollerPrivate::moveWhilePressed(const QPointF &position, qint64 timestamp)
+{
+    Q_Q(QScroller);
+    const QScrollerPropertiesPrivate *sp = properties.d.data();
+    QPointF ppm = q->pixelPerMeter();
+
+    QPointF deltaPixel = position - pressPosition;
+
+    bool moveAborted = false;
+    bool moveStarted = (((deltaPixel / ppm).manhattanLength()) > sp->dragStartDistance);
+
+    // check the direction of the mouse drag and abort if it's too much in the wrong direction.
+    if (moveStarted) {
+        QRectF max = contentPosRange;
+        bool canScrollX = (max.width() > 0);
+        bool canScrollY = (max.height() > 0);
+
+        if (sp->hOvershootPolicy == QScrollerProperties::OvershootAlwaysOn)
+            canScrollX = true;
+        if (sp->vOvershootPolicy == QScrollerProperties::OvershootAlwaysOn)
+            canScrollY = true;
+
+        if (qAbs(deltaPixel.x() / ppm.x()) < qAbs(deltaPixel.y() / ppm.y())) {
+            if (!canScrollY)
+                moveAborted = true;
+        } else {
+            if (!canScrollX)
+                moveAborted = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (moveAborted) {
+        setState(QScroller::Inactive);
+        moveStarted = false;
+
+    } else if (moveStarted) {
+        setState(QScroller::Dragging);
+
+        // subtract the dragStartDistance
+        deltaPixel = deltaPixel - deltaPixel * (sp->dragStartDistance / deltaPixel.manhattanLength());
+
+        if (deltaPixel != QPointF(0, 0)) {
+            // handleDrag updates lastPosition, lastTimestamp and velocity
+            handleDrag(pressPosition + deltaPixel, timestamp);
+        }
+    }
+    return moveStarted;
+}
+
+bool QScrollerPrivate::moveWhileDragging(const QPointF &position, qint64 timestamp)
+{
+    // handleDrag updates lastPosition, lastTimestamp and velocity
+    handleDrag(position, timestamp);
+    return true;
+}
+
+void QScrollerPrivate::timerEventWhileDragging()
+{
+    if (dragDistance != QPointF(0, 0)) {
+        qScrollerDebug() << "QScroller::timerEventWhileDragging() -- dragDistance:" << dragDistance;
+
+        setContentPositionHelperDragging(-dragDistance);
+        dragDistance = QPointF(0, 0);
+    }
+}
+
+bool QScrollerPrivate::releaseWhileDragging(const QPointF &position, qint64 timestamp)
+{
+    Q_Q(QScroller);
+    const QScrollerPropertiesPrivate *sp = properties.d.data();
+
+    // handleDrag updates lastPosition, lastTimestamp and velocity
+    handleDrag(position, timestamp);
+
+    // check if we moved at all - this can happen if you stop a running
+    // scroller with a press and release shortly afterwards
+    QPointF deltaPixel = position - pressPosition;
+    if (((deltaPixel / q->pixelPerMeter()).manhattanLength()) > sp->dragStartDistance) {
+
+        // handle accelerating flicks
+        if ((oldVelocity != QPointF(0, 0)) && sp->acceleratingFlickMaximumTime &&
+            ((timestamp - pressTimestamp) < qint64(sp->acceleratingFlickMaximumTime * 1000))) {
+
+            // - determine if the direction was changed
+            int signX = 0, signY = 0;
+            if (releaseVelocity.x())
+                signX = (releaseVelocity.x() > 0) == (oldVelocity.x() > 0) ? 1 : -1;
+            if (releaseVelocity.y())
+                signY = (releaseVelocity.y() > 0) == (oldVelocity.y() > 0) ? 1 : -1;
+
+            if (signX > 0)
+                releaseVelocity.setX(qBound(-sp->maximumVelocity,
+                                            oldVelocity.x() * sp->acceleratingFlickSpeedupFactor,
+                                            sp->maximumVelocity));
+            if (signY > 0)
+                releaseVelocity.setY(qBound(-sp->maximumVelocity,
+                                            oldVelocity.y() * sp->acceleratingFlickSpeedupFactor,
+                                            sp->maximumVelocity));
+        }
+    }
+
+    QPointF ppm = q->pixelPerMeter();
+    createScrollingSegments(releaseVelocity.x(), contentPosition.x() + overshootPosition.x(), ppm.x(), Qt::Horizontal);
+    createScrollingSegments(releaseVelocity.y(), contentPosition.y() + overshootPosition.y(), ppm.y(), Qt::Vertical);
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "QScroller::releaseWhileDragging() -- velocity:" << releaseVelocity << "-- minimum velocity:" << sp->minimumVelocity << "overshoot" << overshootPosition;
+
+    if (xSegments.isEmpty() && ySegments.isEmpty())
+        setState(QScroller::Inactive);
+    else
+        setState(QScroller::Scrolling);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void QScrollerPrivate::timerEventWhileScrolling()
+{
+    qScrollerDebug() << "QScroller::timerEventWhileScrolling()";
+
+    setContentPositionHelperScrolling();
+    if (xSegments.isEmpty() && ySegments.isEmpty())
+        setState(QScroller::Inactive);
+}
+
+bool QScrollerPrivate::pressWhileScrolling(const QPointF &position, qint64 timestamp)
+{
+    Q_Q(QScroller);
+
+    if ((q->velocity() <= properties.d->maximumClickThroughVelocity) &&
+        (overshootPosition == QPointF(0.0, 0.0))) {
+        setState(QScroller::Inactive);
+        return false;
+    } else {
+        lastPosition = pressPosition = position;
+        lastTimestamp = pressTimestamp = timestamp;
+        setState(QScroller::Pressed);
+        setState(QScroller::Dragging);
+        return true;
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    This function handles all state changes of the scroller.
+*/
+void QScrollerPrivate::setState(QScroller::State newstate)
+{
+    Q_Q(QScroller);
+    bool sendLastScroll = false;
+
+    if (state == newstate)
+        return;
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << q << "QScroller::setState(" << stateName(newstate) << ")";
+
+    switch (newstate) {
+    case QScroller::Inactive:
+#ifndef QT_NO_ANIMATION
+        scrollTimer->stop();
+#endif
+
+        // send the last scroll event (but only after the current state change was finished)
+        if (!firstScroll)
+            sendLastScroll = true;
+
+        releaseVelocity = QPointF(0, 0);
+        break;
+
+    case QScroller::Pressed:
+#ifndef QT_NO_ANIMATION
+        scrollTimer->stop();
+#endif
+
+        oldVelocity = releaseVelocity;
+        releaseVelocity = QPointF(0, 0);
+        break;
+
+    case QScroller::Dragging:
+        dragDistance = QPointF(0, 0);
+#ifndef QT_NO_ANIMATION
+        if (state == QScroller::Pressed)
+            scrollTimer->start();
+#endif
+        break;
+
+    case QScroller::Scrolling:
+#ifndef QT_NO_ANIMATION
+        scrollTimer->start();
+#endif
+        break;
+    }
+
+    qSwap(state, newstate);
+
+    if (sendLastScroll) {
+        QScrollEvent se(contentPosition, overshootPosition, QScrollEvent::ScrollFinished);
+        sendEvent(target, &se);
+        firstScroll = true;
+    }
+    if (state == QScroller::Dragging || state == QScroller::Scrolling)
+        qt_activeScrollers()->insert(q);
+    else
+        qt_activeScrollers()->remove(q);
+    emit q->stateChanged(state);
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+    Helps when setting the content position.
+    It will try to move the content by the requested delta but stop in case
+    when we are coming back from an overshoot or a scrollTo.
+    It will also indicate a new overshooting condition by the overshootX and oversthootY flags.
+
+    In this cases it will reset the velocity variables and other flags.
+
+    Also keeps track of the current over-shooting value in overshootPosition.
+
+    \a deltaPos is the amount of pixels the current content position should be moved
+*/
+void QScrollerPrivate::setContentPositionHelperDragging(const QPointF &deltaPos)
+{
+    Q_Q(QScroller);
+    QPointF ppm = q->pixelPerMeter();
+    const QScrollerPropertiesPrivate *sp = properties.d.data();
+    QPointF v = q->velocity();
+
+    if (sp->overshootDragResistanceFactor)
+        overshootPosition /= sp->overshootDragResistanceFactor;
+
+    QPointF oldPos = contentPosition + overshootPosition;
+    QPointF newPos = oldPos + deltaPos;
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "QScroller::setContentPositionHelperDragging(" << deltaPos << " [pix])";
+    qScrollerDebug() << "  --> overshoot:" << overshootPosition << "- old pos:" << oldPos << "- new pos:" << newPos;
+
+    QPointF oldClampedPos = clampToRect(oldPos, contentPosRange);
+    QPointF newClampedPos = clampToRect(newPos, contentPosRange);
+
+    // --- handle overshooting and stop if the coordinate is going back inside the normal area
+    bool alwaysOvershootX = (sp->hOvershootPolicy == QScrollerProperties::OvershootAlwaysOn);
+    bool alwaysOvershootY = (sp->vOvershootPolicy == QScrollerProperties::OvershootAlwaysOn);
+    bool noOvershootX = (sp->hOvershootPolicy == QScrollerProperties::OvershootAlwaysOff) ||
+                        ((state == QScroller::Dragging) && !sp->overshootDragResistanceFactor) ||
+                        !sp->overshootDragDistanceFactor;
+    bool noOvershootY = (sp->vOvershootPolicy == QScrollerProperties::OvershootAlwaysOff) ||
+                        ((state == QScroller::Dragging) && !sp->overshootDragResistanceFactor) ||
+                        !sp->overshootDragDistanceFactor;
+    bool canOvershootX = !noOvershootX && (alwaysOvershootX || contentPosRange.width());
+    bool canOvershootY = !noOvershootY && (alwaysOvershootY || contentPosRange.height());
+
+    qreal oldOvershootX = (canOvershootX) ? oldPos.x() - oldClampedPos.x() : 0;
+    qreal oldOvershootY = (canOvershootY) ? oldPos.y() - oldClampedPos.y() : 0;
+
+    qreal newOvershootX = (canOvershootX) ? newPos.x() - newClampedPos.x() : 0;
+    qreal newOvershootY = (canOvershootY) ? newPos.y() - newClampedPos.y() : 0;
+
+    qreal maxOvershootX = viewportSize.width() * sp->overshootDragDistanceFactor;
+    qreal maxOvershootY = viewportSize.height() * sp->overshootDragDistanceFactor;
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "  --> noOs:" << noOvershootX << "drf:" << sp->overshootDragResistanceFactor << "mdf:" << sp->overshootScrollDistanceFactor << "ossP:"<<sp->hOvershootPolicy;
+    qScrollerDebug() << "  --> canOS:" << canOvershootX << "newOS:" << newOvershootX << "maxOS:" << maxOvershootX;
+
+    if (sp->overshootDragResistanceFactor) {
+        oldOvershootX *= sp->overshootDragResistanceFactor;
+        oldOvershootY *= sp->overshootDragResistanceFactor;
+        newOvershootX *= sp->overshootDragResistanceFactor;
+        newOvershootY *= sp->overshootDragResistanceFactor;
+    }
+
+    // -- stop at the maximum overshoot distance
+
+    newOvershootX = qBound(-maxOvershootX, newOvershootX, maxOvershootX);
+    newOvershootY = qBound(-maxOvershootY, newOvershootY, maxOvershootY);
+
+    overshootPosition.setX(newOvershootX);
+    overshootPosition.setY(newOvershootY);
+    contentPosition = newClampedPos;
+
+    QScrollEvent se(contentPosition, overshootPosition, firstScroll ? QScrollEvent::ScrollStarted : QScrollEvent::ScrollUpdated);
+    sendEvent(target, &se);
+    firstScroll = false;
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "  --> new position:" << newClampedPos << "- new overshoot:" << overshootPosition <<
+                        "- overshoot x/y?:" << overshootPosition;
+}
+
+
+qreal QScrollerPrivate::nextSegmentPosition(QQueue<ScrollSegment> &segments, qint64 now, qreal oldPos)
+{
+    qreal pos = oldPos;
+
+    // check the X segments for new positions
+    while (!segments.isEmpty()) {
+        const ScrollSegment s = segments.head();
+
+        if ((s.startTime + s.deltaTime * s.stopProgress) <= now) {
+            segments.dequeue();
+            pos = s.stopPos;
+        } else if (s.startTime <= now) {
+            qreal progress = qreal(now - s.startTime) / qreal(s.deltaTime);
+            pos = s.startPos + s.deltaPos * s.curve.valueForProgress(progress);
+            if (s.deltaPos > 0 ? pos > s.stopPos : pos < s.stopPos) {
+                segments.dequeue();
+                pos = s.stopPos;
+            } else {
+                break;
+            }
+        } else {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return pos;
+}
+
+void QScrollerPrivate::setContentPositionHelperScrolling()
+{
+    qint64 now = monotonicTimer.elapsed();
+    QPointF newPos = contentPosition + overshootPosition;
+
+    newPos.setX(nextSegmentPosition(xSegments, now, newPos.x()));
+    newPos.setY(nextSegmentPosition(ySegments, now, newPos.y()));
+
+    // -- set the position and handle overshoot
+    qScrollerDebug() << "QScroller::setContentPositionHelperScrolling()";
+    qScrollerDebug() << "  --> overshoot:" << overshootPosition << "- new pos:" << newPos;
+
+    QPointF newClampedPos = clampToRect(newPos, contentPosRange);
+
+    overshootPosition = newPos - newClampedPos;
+    contentPosition = newClampedPos;
+
+    QScrollEvent se(contentPosition, overshootPosition, firstScroll ? QScrollEvent::ScrollStarted : QScrollEvent::ScrollUpdated);
+    sendEvent(target, &se);
+    firstScroll = false;
+
+    qScrollerDebug() << "  --> new position:" << newClampedPos << "- new overshoot:" << overshootPosition;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    Returns the next snap point in direction.
+    If \a direction >0 it will return the next snap point that is larger than the current position.
+    If \a direction <0 it will return the next snap point that is smaller than the current position.
+    If \a direction ==0 it will return the nearest snap point (or the current position if we are already
+    on a snap point.
+    Returns the nearest snap position or NaN if no such point could be found.
+ */
+qreal QScrollerPrivate::nextSnapPos(qreal p, int dir, Qt::Orientation orientation)
+{
+    qreal bestSnapPos = Q_QNAN;
+    qreal bestSnapPosDist = Q_INFINITY;
+
+    qreal minPos;
+    qreal maxPos;
+
+    if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) {
+        minPos = contentPosRange.left();
+        maxPos = contentPosRange.right();
+    } else {
+        minPos = contentPosRange.top();
+        maxPos = contentPosRange.bottom();
+    }
+
+    if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) {
+        // the snap points in the list
+        foreach (qreal snapPos, snapPositionsX) {
+            qreal snapPosDist = snapPos - p;
+            if ((dir > 0 && snapPosDist < 0) ||
+                (dir < 0 && snapPosDist > 0))
+                continue; // wrong direction
+            if (snapPos < minPos || snapPos > maxPos )
+                continue; // invalid
+
+            if (qIsNaN(bestSnapPos) ||
+                qAbs(snapPosDist) < bestSnapPosDist ) {
+                bestSnapPos = snapPos;
+                bestSnapPosDist = qAbs(snapPosDist);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // the snap point interval
+        if (snapIntervalX > 0.0) {
+            qreal first = minPos + snapFirstX;
+            qreal snapPos;
+            if (dir > 0)
+                snapPos = qCeil((p - first) / snapIntervalX) * snapIntervalX + first;
+            else if (dir < 0)
+                snapPos = qFloor((p - first) / snapIntervalX) * snapIntervalX + first;
+            else if (p <= first)
+                snapPos = first;
+            else
+            {
+                qreal last = qFloor((maxPos - first) / snapIntervalX) * snapIntervalX + first;
+                if (p >= last)
+                    snapPos = last;
+                else
+                    snapPos = qRound((p - first) / snapIntervalX) * snapIntervalX + first;
+            }
+
+            if (snapPos >= first && snapPos <= maxPos ) {
+                qreal snapPosDist = snapPos - p;
+
+                if (qIsNaN(bestSnapPos) ||
+                    qAbs(snapPosDist) < bestSnapPosDist ) {
+                    bestSnapPos = snapPos;
+                    bestSnapPosDist = qAbs(snapPosDist);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+    } else { // (orientation == Qt::Vertical)
+        // the snap points in the list
+        foreach (qreal snapPos, snapPositionsY) {
+            qreal snapPosDist = snapPos - p;
+            if ((dir > 0 && snapPosDist < 0) ||
+                (dir < 0 && snapPosDist > 0))
+                continue; // wrong direction
+            if (snapPos < minPos || snapPos > maxPos )
+                continue; // invalid
+
+            if (qIsNaN(bestSnapPos) ||
+                qAbs(snapPosDist) < bestSnapPosDist) {
+                bestSnapPos = snapPos;
+                bestSnapPosDist = qAbs(snapPosDist);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // the snap point interval
+        if (snapIntervalY > 0.0) {
+            qreal first = minPos + snapFirstY;
+            qreal snapPos;
+            if (dir > 0)
+                snapPos = qCeil((p - first) / snapIntervalY) * snapIntervalY + first;
+            else if (dir < 0)
+                snapPos = qFloor((p - first) / snapIntervalY) * snapIntervalY + first;
+            else if (p <= first)
+                snapPos = first;
+            else
+            {
+                qreal last = qFloor((maxPos - first) / snapIntervalY) * snapIntervalY + first;
+                if (p >= last)
+                    snapPos = last;
+                else
+                    snapPos = qRound((p - first) / snapIntervalY) * snapIntervalY + first;
+            }
+
+            if (snapPos >= first && snapPos <= maxPos ) {
+                qreal snapPosDist = snapPos - p;
+
+                if (qIsNaN(bestSnapPos) ||
+                    qAbs(snapPosDist) < bestSnapPosDist) {
+                    bestSnapPos = snapPos;
+                    bestSnapPosDist = qAbs(snapPosDist);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return bestSnapPos;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum QScroller::State
+
+    This enum contains the different QScroller states.
+
+    \value Inactive The scroller is not scrolling and nothing is pressed.
+    \value Pressed A touch event was received or the mouse button was pressed but the scroll area is currently not dragged.
+    \value Dragging The scroll area is currently following the touch point or mouse.
+    \value Scrolling The scroll area is moving on it's own.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QScroller::ScrollerGestureType
+
+    This enum contains the different gesture types that are supported by the QScroller gesture recognizer.
+
+    \value TouchGesture The gesture recognizer will only trigger on touch
+        events.  Specifically it will react on single touch points when using a
+        touch screen and dual touch points when using a touchpad.
+    \value LeftMouseButtonGesture The gesture recognizer will only trigger on left mouse button events.
+    \value MiddleMouseButtonGesture The gesture recognizer will only trigger on middle mouse button events.
+    \value RightMouseButtonGesture The gesture recognizer will only trigger on right mouse button events.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QScroller::Input
+
+    This enum contains an input device agnostic view of input events that are relevant for QScroller.
+
+    \value InputPress   The user pressed the input device (e.g.  QEvent::MouseButtonPress,
+                        QEvent::GraphicsSceneMousePress, QEvent::TouchBegin)
+
+    \value InputMove    The user moved the input device (e.g.  QEvent::MouseMove,
+                        QEvent::GraphicsSceneMouseMove, QEvent::TouchUpdate)
+
+    \value InputRelease The user released the input device (e.g.  QEvent::MouseButtonRelease,
+                        QEvent::GraphicsSceneMouseRelease, QEvent::TouchEnd)
+
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qscroller.h b/src/widgets/util/qscroller.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1599c7dcdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qscroller.h
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSCROLLER_H
+#define QSCROLLER_H
+
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+#include <QtCore/QPointF>
+#include <QtGui/QScrollerProperties>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Gui)
+
+class QWidget;
+class QScrollerPrivate;
+class QScrollerProperties;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+class QFlickGestureRecognizer;
+class QMouseFlickGestureRecognizer;
+#endif
+
+class Q_GUI_EXPORT QScroller : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY(State state READ state NOTIFY stateChanged)
+    Q_PROPERTY(QScrollerProperties scrollerProperties READ scrollerProperties WRITE setScrollerProperties NOTIFY scrollerPropertiesChanged)
+    Q_ENUMS(State)
+
+public:
+    enum State
+    {
+        Inactive,
+        Pressed,
+        Dragging,
+        Scrolling
+    };
+
+    enum ScrollerGestureType
+    {
+        TouchGesture,
+        LeftMouseButtonGesture,
+        RightMouseButtonGesture,
+        MiddleMouseButtonGesture
+    };
+
+    enum Input
+    {
+        InputPress = 1,
+        InputMove,
+        InputRelease
+    };
+
+    static bool hasScroller(QObject *target);
+
+    static QScroller *scroller(QObject *target);
+    static const QScroller *scroller(const QObject *target);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+    static Qt::GestureType grabGesture(QObject *target, ScrollerGestureType gestureType = TouchGesture);
+    static Qt::GestureType grabbedGesture(QObject *target);
+    static void ungrabGesture(QObject *target);
+#endif
+
+    static QList<QScroller *> activeScrollers();
+
+    QObject *target() const;
+
+    State state() const;
+
+    bool handleInput(Input input, const QPointF &position, qint64 timestamp = 0);
+
+    void stop();
+    QPointF velocity() const;
+    QPointF finalPosition() const;
+    QPointF pixelPerMeter() const;
+
+    QScrollerProperties scrollerProperties() const;
+
+    void setSnapPositionsX( const QList<qreal> &positions );
+    void setSnapPositionsX( qreal first, qreal interval );
+    void setSnapPositionsY( const QList<qreal> &positions );
+    void setSnapPositionsY( qreal first, qreal interval );
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    void setScrollerProperties(const QScrollerProperties &prop);
+    void scrollTo(const QPointF &pos);
+    void scrollTo(const QPointF &pos, int scrollTime);
+    void ensureVisible(const QRectF &rect, qreal xmargin, qreal ymargin);
+    void ensureVisible(const QRectF &rect, qreal xmargin, qreal ymargin, int scrollTime);
+    void resendPrepareEvent();
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void stateChanged(QScroller::State newstate);
+    void scrollerPropertiesChanged(const QScrollerProperties &);
+
+private:
+    QScrollerPrivate *d_ptr;
+
+    QScroller(QObject *target);
+    virtual ~QScroller();
+
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QScroller)
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QScroller)
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+    friend class QFlickGestureRecognizer;
+#endif
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QSCROLLER_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qscroller_mac.mm b/src/widgets/util/qscroller_mac.mm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4bf69c17c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qscroller_mac.mm
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include <QtCore/qglobal.h>
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+
+#import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
+
+#include "qscroller_p.h"
+
+QPointF QScrollerPrivate::realDpi(int screen)
+{
+    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init];
+    NSArray *nsscreens = [NSScreen screens];
+
+    if (screen < 0 || screen >= int([nsscreens count]))
+        screen = 0;
+
+    NSScreen *nsscreen = [nsscreens objectAtIndex:screen];
+    CGDirectDisplayID display = [[[nsscreen deviceDescription] objectForKey:@"NSScreenNumber"] intValue];
+
+    CGSize mmsize = CGDisplayScreenSize(display);
+    if (mmsize.width > 0 && mmsize.height > 0) {
+        return QPointF(CGDisplayPixelsWide(display) / mmsize.width,
+                       CGDisplayPixelsHigh(display) / mmsize.height) * qreal(25.4);
+    } else {
+        return QPointF();
+    }
+    [pool release];
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qscroller_p.h b/src/widgets/util/qscroller_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c1196152df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qscroller_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSCROLLER_P_H
+#define QSCROLLER_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists purely as an
+// implementation detail.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include <QObject>
+#include <QPointer>
+#include <QQueue>
+#include <QSet>
+#include <QEasingCurve>
+#include <QElapsedTimer>
+#include <QSizeF>
+#include <QPointF>
+#include <QRectF>
+#include <qscroller.h>
+#include <qscrollerproperties.h>
+#include <private/qscrollerproperties_p.h>
+#include <QAbstractAnimation>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+class QFlickGestureRecognizer;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ANIMATION
+class QScrollTimer;
+#endif
+class QScrollerPrivate : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QScroller)
+
+public:
+    QScrollerPrivate(QScroller *q, QObject *target);
+    void init();
+
+    void sendEvent(QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+
+    void setState(QScroller::State s);
+
+    enum ScrollType {
+        ScrollTypeFlick = 0,
+        ScrollTypeScrollTo,
+        ScrollTypeOvershoot
+    };
+
+    struct ScrollSegment {
+        qint64 startTime;
+        qint64 deltaTime;
+        qreal startPos;
+        qreal deltaPos;
+        QEasingCurve curve;
+        qreal stopProgress; // whatever is..
+        qreal stopPos;      // ..reached first
+        ScrollType type;
+    };
+
+    bool pressWhileInactive(const QPointF &position, qint64 timestamp);
+    bool moveWhilePressed(const QPointF &position, qint64 timestamp);
+    bool releaseWhilePressed(const QPointF &position, qint64 timestamp);
+    bool moveWhileDragging(const QPointF &position, qint64 timestamp);
+    bool releaseWhileDragging(const QPointF &position, qint64 timestamp);
+    bool pressWhileScrolling(const QPointF &position, qint64 timestamp);
+
+    void timerTick();
+    void timerEventWhileDragging();
+    void timerEventWhileScrolling();
+
+    bool prepareScrolling(const QPointF &position);
+    void handleDrag(const QPointF &position, qint64 timestamp);
+
+    QPointF realDpi(int screen);
+    QPointF dpi() const;
+    void setDpi(const QPointF &dpi);
+    void setDpiFromWidget(QWidget *widget);
+
+    void updateVelocity(const QPointF &deltaPixelRaw, qint64 deltaTime);
+    void pushSegment(ScrollType type, qreal deltaTime, qreal stopProgress, qreal startPos, qreal deltaPos, qreal stopPos, QEasingCurve::Type curve, Qt::Orientation orientation);
+    void recalcScrollingSegments(bool forceRecalc = false);
+    qreal scrollingSegmentsEndPos(Qt::Orientation orientation) const;
+    bool scrollingSegmentsValid(Qt::Orientation orientation);
+    void createScrollToSegments(qreal v, qreal deltaTime, qreal endPos, Qt::Orientation orientation, ScrollType type);
+    void createScrollingSegments(qreal v, qreal startPos, qreal ppm, Qt::Orientation orientation);
+
+    void setContentPositionHelperDragging(const QPointF &deltaPos);
+    void setContentPositionHelperScrolling();
+
+    qreal nextSnapPos(qreal p, int dir, Qt::Orientation orientation);
+    static qreal nextSegmentPosition(QQueue<ScrollSegment> &segments, qint64 now, qreal oldPos);
+
+    inline int frameRateSkip() const { return properties.d.data()->frameRate; }
+
+    static const char *stateName(QScroller::State state);
+    static const char *inputName(QScroller::Input input);
+
+public slots:
+    void targetDestroyed();
+
+public:
+    // non static
+    QObject *target;
+    QScrollerProperties properties;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+    QFlickGestureRecognizer *recognizer;
+    Qt::GestureType recognizerType;
+#endif
+
+    // scroller state:
+
+    // QPointer<QObject> scrollTarget;
+    QSizeF viewportSize;
+    QRectF contentPosRange;
+    QPointF contentPosition;
+    QPointF overshootPosition; // the number of pixels we are overshooting (before overshootDragResistanceFactor)
+
+    // state
+
+    bool enabled;
+    QScroller::State state;
+    bool firstScroll; // true if we haven't already send a scroll event
+
+    QPointF oldVelocity; // the release velocity of the last drag
+
+    QPointF pressPosition;
+    QPointF lastPosition;
+    qint64  pressTimestamp;
+    qint64  lastTimestamp;
+
+    QPointF dragDistance; // the distance we should move during the next drag timer event
+
+    QQueue<ScrollSegment> xSegments;
+    QQueue<ScrollSegment> ySegments;
+
+    // snap positions
+    QList<qreal> snapPositionsX;
+    qreal snapFirstX;
+    qreal snapIntervalX;
+    QList<qreal> snapPositionsY;
+    qreal snapFirstY;
+    qreal snapIntervalY;
+
+    QPointF pixelPerMeter;
+
+    QElapsedTimer monotonicTimer;
+
+    QPointF releaseVelocity; // the starting velocity of the scrolling state
+#ifndef QT_NO_ANIMATION
+    QScrollTimer *scrollTimer;
+#endif
+
+    QScroller *q_ptr;
+};
+
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QSCROLLER_P_H
+
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qscrollerproperties.cpp b/src/widgets/util/qscrollerproperties.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..85e2e82af1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qscrollerproperties.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include <QPointer>
+#include <QObject>
+#include <QtCore/qmath.h>
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+#  include <QLibrary>
+#endif
+
+#include "qscrollerproperties.h"
+#include "private/qscrollerproperties_p.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+static QScrollerPropertiesPrivate *userDefaults = 0;
+static QScrollerPropertiesPrivate *systemDefaults = 0;
+
+QScrollerPropertiesPrivate *QScrollerPropertiesPrivate::defaults()
+{
+    if (!systemDefaults) {
+        QScrollerPropertiesPrivate spp;
+        spp.mousePressEventDelay = qreal(0.25);
+        spp.dragStartDistance = qreal(5.0 / 1000);
+        spp.dragVelocitySmoothingFactor = qreal(0.8);
+        spp.axisLockThreshold = qreal(0);
+        spp.scrollingCurve.setType(QEasingCurve::OutQuad);
+        spp.decelerationFactor = qreal(0.125);
+        spp.minimumVelocity = qreal(50.0 / 1000);
+        spp.maximumVelocity = qreal(500.0 / 1000);
+        spp.maximumClickThroughVelocity = qreal(66.5 / 1000);
+        spp.acceleratingFlickMaximumTime = qreal(1.25);
+        spp.acceleratingFlickSpeedupFactor = qreal(3.0);
+        spp.snapPositionRatio = qreal(0.5);
+        spp.snapTime = qreal(0.3);
+        spp.overshootDragResistanceFactor = qreal(0.5);
+        spp.overshootDragDistanceFactor = qreal(1);
+        spp.overshootScrollDistanceFactor = qreal(0.5);
+        spp.overshootScrollTime = qreal(0.7);
+#  ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+        if (QLibrary::resolve(QLatin1String("UxTheme"), "BeginPanningFeedback"))
+            spp.overshootScrollTime = qreal(0.35);
+#  endif
+        spp.hOvershootPolicy = QScrollerProperties::OvershootWhenScrollable;
+        spp.vOvershootPolicy = QScrollerProperties::OvershootWhenScrollable;
+        spp.frameRate = QScrollerProperties::Standard;
+
+        systemDefaults = new QScrollerPropertiesPrivate(spp);
+    }
+    return new QScrollerPropertiesPrivate(userDefaults ? *userDefaults : *systemDefaults);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QScrollerProperties
+    \brief The QScrollerProperties class stores the settings for a QScroller.
+    \since 4.8
+
+    The QScrollerProperties class stores the parameters used by QScroller.
+
+    The default settings are platform dependent so that Qt emulates the
+    platform behaviour for kinetic scrolling.
+
+    As a convention the QScrollerProperties are in physical units (meter,
+    seconds) and are converted by QScroller using the current DPI.
+
+    \sa QScroller
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs new scroller properties.
+*/
+QScrollerProperties::QScrollerProperties()
+    : d(QScrollerPropertiesPrivate::defaults())
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a copy of \a sp.
+*/
+QScrollerProperties::QScrollerProperties(const QScrollerProperties &sp)
+    : d(new QScrollerPropertiesPrivate(*sp.d))
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Assigns \a sp to these scroller properties and returns a reference to these scroller properties.
+*/
+QScrollerProperties &QScrollerProperties::operator=(const QScrollerProperties &sp)
+{
+    *d.data() = *sp.d.data();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the scroller properties.
+*/
+QScrollerProperties::~QScrollerProperties()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if these scroller properties are equal to \a sp; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+bool QScrollerProperties::operator==(const QScrollerProperties &sp) const
+{
+    return *d.data() == *sp.d.data();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if these scroller properties are different from \a sp; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+bool QScrollerProperties::operator!=(const QScrollerProperties &sp) const
+{
+    return !(*d.data() == *sp.d.data());
+}
+
+bool QScrollerPropertiesPrivate::operator==(const QScrollerPropertiesPrivate &p) const
+{
+    bool same = true;
+    same &= (mousePressEventDelay == p.mousePressEventDelay);
+    same &= (dragStartDistance == p.dragStartDistance);
+    same &= (dragVelocitySmoothingFactor == p.dragVelocitySmoothingFactor);
+    same &= (axisLockThreshold == p.axisLockThreshold);
+    same &= (scrollingCurve == p.scrollingCurve);
+    same &= (decelerationFactor == p.decelerationFactor);
+    same &= (minimumVelocity == p.minimumVelocity);
+    same &= (maximumVelocity == p.maximumVelocity);
+    same &= (maximumClickThroughVelocity == p.maximumClickThroughVelocity);
+    same &= (acceleratingFlickMaximumTime == p.acceleratingFlickMaximumTime);
+    same &= (acceleratingFlickSpeedupFactor == p.acceleratingFlickSpeedupFactor);
+    same &= (snapPositionRatio == p.snapPositionRatio);
+    same &= (snapTime == p.snapTime);
+    same &= (overshootDragResistanceFactor == p.overshootDragResistanceFactor);
+    same &= (overshootDragDistanceFactor == p.overshootDragDistanceFactor);
+    same &= (overshootScrollDistanceFactor == p.overshootScrollDistanceFactor);
+    same &= (overshootScrollTime == p.overshootScrollTime);
+    same &= (hOvershootPolicy == p.hOvershootPolicy);
+    same &= (vOvershootPolicy == p.vOvershootPolicy);
+    same &= (frameRate == p.frameRate);
+    return same;
+}
+
+/*!
+     Sets the scroller properties for all new QScrollerProperties objects to \a sp.
+
+     Use this function to override the platform default properties returned by the default
+     constructor. If you only want to change the scroller properties of a single scroller, use
+     QScroller::setScrollerProperties()
+
+     \note Calling this function will not change the content of already existing
+     QScrollerProperties objects.
+
+     \sa unsetDefaultScrollerProperties()
+*/
+void QScrollerProperties::setDefaultScrollerProperties(const QScrollerProperties &sp)
+{
+    if (!userDefaults)
+        userDefaults = new QScrollerPropertiesPrivate(*sp.d);
+    else
+        *userDefaults = *sp.d;
+}
+
+/*!
+     Sets the scroller properties returned by the default constructor back to the platform default
+     properties.
+
+     \sa setDefaultScrollerProperties()
+*/
+void QScrollerProperties::unsetDefaultScrollerProperties()
+{
+    delete userDefaults;
+    userDefaults = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Query the \a metric value of the scroller properties.
+
+    \sa setScrollMetric(), ScrollMetric
+*/
+QVariant QScrollerProperties::scrollMetric(ScrollMetric metric) const
+{
+    switch (metric) {
+    case MousePressEventDelay:          return d->mousePressEventDelay;
+    case DragStartDistance:             return d->dragStartDistance;
+    case DragVelocitySmoothingFactor:   return d->dragVelocitySmoothingFactor;
+    case AxisLockThreshold:             return d->axisLockThreshold;
+    case ScrollingCurve:                return d->scrollingCurve;
+    case DecelerationFactor:            return d->decelerationFactor;
+    case MinimumVelocity:               return d->minimumVelocity;
+    case MaximumVelocity:               return d->maximumVelocity;
+    case MaximumClickThroughVelocity:   return d->maximumClickThroughVelocity;
+    case AcceleratingFlickMaximumTime:  return d->acceleratingFlickMaximumTime;
+    case AcceleratingFlickSpeedupFactor:return d->acceleratingFlickSpeedupFactor;
+    case SnapPositionRatio:             return d->snapPositionRatio;
+    case SnapTime:                      return d->snapTime;
+    case OvershootDragResistanceFactor: return d->overshootDragResistanceFactor;
+    case OvershootDragDistanceFactor:   return d->overshootDragDistanceFactor;
+    case OvershootScrollDistanceFactor: return d->overshootScrollDistanceFactor;
+    case OvershootScrollTime:           return d->overshootScrollTime;
+    case HorizontalOvershootPolicy:     return QVariant::fromValue(d->hOvershootPolicy);
+    case VerticalOvershootPolicy:       return QVariant::fromValue(d->vOvershootPolicy);
+    case FrameRate:                     return QVariant::fromValue(d->frameRate);
+    case ScrollMetricCount:             break;
+    }
+    return QVariant();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Set a specific value of the \a metric ScrollerMetric to \a value.
+
+    \sa scrollMetric(), ScrollMetric
+*/
+void QScrollerProperties::setScrollMetric(ScrollMetric metric, const QVariant &value)
+{
+    switch (metric) {
+    case MousePressEventDelay:          d->mousePressEventDelay = value.toReal(); break;
+    case DragStartDistance:             d->dragStartDistance = value.toReal(); break;
+    case DragVelocitySmoothingFactor:   d->dragVelocitySmoothingFactor = qBound(qreal(0), value.toReal(), qreal(1)); break;
+    case AxisLockThreshold:             d->axisLockThreshold = qBound(qreal(0), value.toReal(), qreal(1)); break;
+    case ScrollingCurve:                d->scrollingCurve = value.toEasingCurve(); break;
+    case DecelerationFactor:            d->decelerationFactor = value.toReal(); break;
+    case MinimumVelocity:               d->minimumVelocity = value.toReal(); break;
+    case MaximumVelocity:               d->maximumVelocity = value.toReal(); break;
+    case MaximumClickThroughVelocity:   d->maximumClickThroughVelocity = value.toReal(); break;
+    case AcceleratingFlickMaximumTime:  d->acceleratingFlickMaximumTime = value.toReal(); break;
+    case AcceleratingFlickSpeedupFactor:d->acceleratingFlickSpeedupFactor = value.toReal(); break;
+    case SnapPositionRatio:             d->snapPositionRatio = qBound(qreal(0), value.toReal(), qreal(1)); break;
+    case SnapTime:                      d->snapTime = value.toReal(); break;
+    case OvershootDragResistanceFactor: d->overshootDragResistanceFactor = value.toReal(); break;
+    case OvershootDragDistanceFactor:   d->overshootDragDistanceFactor = qBound(qreal(0), value.toReal(), qreal(1)); break;
+    case OvershootScrollDistanceFactor: d->overshootScrollDistanceFactor = qBound(qreal(0), value.toReal(), qreal(1)); break;
+    case OvershootScrollTime:           d->overshootScrollTime = value.toReal(); break;
+    case HorizontalOvershootPolicy:     d->hOvershootPolicy = value.value<QScrollerProperties::OvershootPolicy>(); break;
+    case VerticalOvershootPolicy:       d->vOvershootPolicy = value.value<QScrollerProperties::OvershootPolicy>(); break;
+    case FrameRate:                     d->frameRate = value.value<QScrollerProperties::FrameRates>(); break;
+    case ScrollMetricCount:             break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum QScrollerProperties::FrameRates
+
+    This enum describes the available frame rates used while dragging or scrolling.
+
+    \value Fps60 60 frames per second
+    \value Fps30 30 frames per second
+    \value Fps20 20 frames per second
+    \value Standard the default value is 60 frames per second (which corresponds to QAbstractAnimation).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QScrollerProperties::OvershootPolicy
+
+    This enum describes the various modes of overshooting.
+
+    \value OvershootWhenScrollable Overshooting is possible when the content is scrollable. This is the
+                                   default.
+
+    \value OvershootAlwaysOff Overshooting is never enabled, even when the content is scrollable.
+
+    \value OvershootAlwaysOn Overshooting is always enabled, even when the content is not
+                             scrollable.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QScrollerProperties::ScrollMetric
+
+    This enum contains the different scroll metric types. When not indicated otherwise the
+    setScrollMetric function expects a QVariant of type qreal.
+
+    See the QScroller documentation for further details of the concepts behind the different
+    values.
+
+    \value MousePressEventDelay This is the time a mouse press event is delayed when starting
+    a flick gesture in \c{[s]}. If the gesture is triggered within that time, no mouse press or
+    release is sent to the scrolled object. If it triggers after that delay the delayed
+    mouse press plus a faked release event at global postion \c{QPoint(-QWIDGETSIZE_MAX,
+    -QWIDGETSIZE_MAX)} is sent. If the gesture is canceled, then both the delayed mouse
+    press plus the real release event are delivered.
+
+    \value DragStartDistance This is the minimum distance the touch or mouse point needs to be
+    moved before the flick gesture is triggered in \c m.
+
+    \value DragVelocitySmoothingFactor A value that describes to which extent new drag velocities are
+    included in the final scrolling velocity.  This value should be in the range between \c 0 and
+    \c 1.  The lower the value, the more smoothing is applied to the dragging velocity.
+
+    \value AxisLockThreshold Restricts the movement to one axis if the movement is inside an angle
+    around the axis. The threshold must be in the range \c 0 to \c 1.
+
+    \value ScrollingCurve The QEasingCurve used when decelerating the scrolling velocity after an
+    user initiated flick. Please note that this is the easing curve for the positions, \bold{not}
+    the velocity: the default is QEasingCurve::OutQuad, which results in a linear decrease in
+    velocity (1st derivative) and a constant deceleration (2nd derivative).
+
+    \value DecelerationFactor This factor influences how long it takes the scroller to decelerate
+    to 0 velocity. The actual value depends on the chosen ScrollingCurve. For most
+    types the value should be in the range from \c 0.1 to \c 2.0
+
+    \value MinimumVelocity The minimum velocity that is needed after ending the touch or releasing
+    the mouse to start scrolling in \c{m/s}.
+
+    \value MaximumVelocity This is the maximum velocity that can be reached in \c{m/s}.
+
+    \value MaximumClickThroughVelocity This is the maximum allowed scroll speed for a click-through
+    in \c{m/s}. This means that a click on a currently (slowly) scrolling object will not only stop
+    the scrolling but the click event will also be delivered to the UI control. This is
+    useful when using exponential-type scrolling curves.
+
+    \value AcceleratingFlickMaximumTime This is the maximum time in \c seconds that a flick gesture
+    can take to be recognized as an accelerating flick. If set to zero no such gesture is
+    detected. An "accelerating flick" is a flick gesture executed on an already scrolling object.
+    In such cases the scrolling speed is multiplied by AcceleratingFlickSpeedupFactor in order to
+    accelerate it.
+
+    \value AcceleratingFlickSpeedupFactor The current speed is multiplied by this number if an
+    accelerating flick is detected. Should be \c{>= 1}.
+
+    \value SnapPositionRatio This is the distance that the user must drag the area beween two snap
+    points in order to snap it to the next position. \c{0.33} means that the scroll must only
+    reach one third of the distance between two snap points to snap to the next one. The ratio must
+    be between \c 0 and \c 1.
+
+    \value SnapTime This is the time factor for the scrolling curve. A lower value means that the
+    scrolling will take longer. The scrolling distance is independet of this value.
+
+    \value OvershootDragResistanceFactor This value is the factor between the mouse dragging and
+    the actual scroll area movement (during overshoot). The factor must be between \c 0 and \c 1.
+
+    \value OvershootDragDistanceFactor This is the maximum distance for overshoot movements while
+    dragging. The actual overshoot distance is calculated by multiplying this value with the
+    viewport size of the scrolled object. The factor must be between \c 0 and \c 1.
+
+    \value OvershootScrollDistanceFactor This is the maximum distance for overshoot movements while
+    scrolling. The actual overshoot distance is calculated by multiplying this value with the
+    viewport size of the scrolled object. The factor must be between \c 0 and \c 1.
+
+    \value OvershootScrollTime This is the time in \c seconds that is used to play the
+    complete overshoot animation.
+
+    \value HorizontalOvershootPolicy This is the horizontal overshooting policy (see OvershootPolicy).
+
+    \value VerticalOvershootPolicy This is the horizontal overshooting policy (see OvershootPolicy).
+
+    \value FrameRate This is the frame rate which should be used while dragging or scrolling.
+    QScroller uses a QAbstractAnimation timer internally to sync all scrolling operations to other
+    animations that might be active at the same time.  If the standard value of 60 frames per
+    second is too fast, it can be lowered with this setting,
+    while still being in-sync with QAbstractAnimation. Please note that only the values of the
+    FrameRates enum are allowed here.
+
+    \value ScrollMetricCount This is always the last entry.
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qscrollerproperties.h b/src/widgets/util/qscrollerproperties.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..75d8932f81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qscrollerproperties.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSCROLLERPROPERTIES_H
+#define QSCROLLERPROPERTIES_H
+
+#include <QtCore/QScopedPointer>
+#include <QtCore/QMetaType>
+#include <QtCore/QVariant>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Gui)
+
+class QScroller;
+class QScrollerPrivate;
+class QScrollerPropertiesPrivate;
+
+class Q_GUI_EXPORT QScrollerProperties
+{
+public:
+    QScrollerProperties();
+    QScrollerProperties(const QScrollerProperties &sp);
+    QScrollerProperties &operator=(const QScrollerProperties &sp);
+    virtual ~QScrollerProperties();
+
+    bool operator==(const QScrollerProperties &sp) const;
+    bool operator!=(const QScrollerProperties &sp) const;
+
+    static void setDefaultScrollerProperties(const QScrollerProperties &sp);
+    static void unsetDefaultScrollerProperties();
+
+    enum OvershootPolicy
+    {
+        OvershootWhenScrollable,
+        OvershootAlwaysOff,
+        OvershootAlwaysOn
+    };
+
+    enum FrameRates {
+        Standard,
+        Fps60,
+        Fps30,
+        Fps20
+    };
+
+    enum ScrollMetric
+    {
+        MousePressEventDelay,                    // qreal [s]
+        DragStartDistance,                       // qreal [m]
+        DragVelocitySmoothingFactor,             // qreal [0..1/s]  (complex calculation involving time) v = v_new* DASF + v_old * (1-DASF)
+        AxisLockThreshold,                       // qreal [0..1] atan(|min(dx,dy)|/|max(dx,dy)|)
+
+        ScrollingCurve,                          // QEasingCurve
+        DecelerationFactor,                      // slope of the curve
+
+        MinimumVelocity,                         // qreal [m/s]
+        MaximumVelocity,                         // qreal [m/s]
+        MaximumClickThroughVelocity,             // qreal [m/s]
+
+        AcceleratingFlickMaximumTime,            // qreal [s]
+        AcceleratingFlickSpeedupFactor,          // qreal [1..]
+
+        SnapPositionRatio,                       // qreal [0..1]
+        SnapTime,                                // qreal [s]
+
+        OvershootDragResistanceFactor,           // qreal [0..1]
+        OvershootDragDistanceFactor,             // qreal [0..1]
+        OvershootScrollDistanceFactor,           // qreal [0..1]
+        OvershootScrollTime,                     // qreal [s]
+
+        HorizontalOvershootPolicy,               // enum OvershootPolicy
+        VerticalOvershootPolicy,                 // enum OvershootPolicy
+        FrameRate,                               // enum FrameRates
+
+        ScrollMetricCount
+    };
+
+    QVariant scrollMetric(ScrollMetric metric) const;
+    void setScrollMetric(ScrollMetric metric, const QVariant &value);
+
+protected:
+    QScopedPointer<QScrollerPropertiesPrivate> d;
+
+private:
+    QScrollerProperties(QScrollerPropertiesPrivate &dd);
+
+    friend class QScrollerPropertiesPrivate;
+    friend class QScroller;
+    friend class QScrollerPrivate;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QScrollerProperties::OvershootPolicy)
+Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QScrollerProperties::FrameRates)
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QSCROLLERPROPERTIES_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qscrollerproperties_p.h b/src/widgets/util/qscrollerproperties_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..76d8b0a79b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qscrollerproperties_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSCROLLERPROPERTIES_P_H
+#define QSCROLLERPROPERTIES_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists purely as an
+// implementation detail.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include <QPointF>
+#include <QEasingCurve>
+#include <qscrollerproperties.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QScrollerPropertiesPrivate
+{
+public:
+    static QScrollerPropertiesPrivate *defaults();
+
+    bool operator==(const QScrollerPropertiesPrivate &) const;
+
+    qreal mousePressEventDelay;
+    qreal dragStartDistance;
+    qreal dragVelocitySmoothingFactor;
+    qreal axisLockThreshold;
+    QEasingCurve scrollingCurve;
+    qreal decelerationFactor;
+    qreal minimumVelocity;
+    qreal maximumVelocity;
+    qreal maximumClickThroughVelocity;
+    qreal acceleratingFlickMaximumTime;
+    qreal acceleratingFlickSpeedupFactor;
+    qreal snapPositionRatio;
+    qreal snapTime;
+    qreal overshootDragResistanceFactor;
+    qreal overshootDragDistanceFactor;
+    qreal overshootScrollDistanceFactor;
+    qreal overshootScrollTime;
+    QScrollerProperties::OvershootPolicy hOvershootPolicy;
+    QScrollerProperties::OvershootPolicy vOvershootPolicy;
+    QScrollerProperties::FrameRates frameRate;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QSCROLLERPROPERTIES_P_H
+
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon.cpp b/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..33cc61ee97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsystemtrayicon.h"
+#include "qsystemtrayicon_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMTRAYICON
+
+#include "qmenu.h"
+#include "qevent.h"
+#include "qpoint.h"
+#include "qlabel.h"
+#include "qpushbutton.h"
+#include "qpainterpath.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qstyle.h"
+#include "qgridlayout.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qdesktopwidget.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "private/qlabel_p.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QSystemTrayIcon
+    \brief The QSystemTrayIcon class provides an icon for an application in the system tray.
+    \since 4.2
+    \ingroup desktop
+
+    Modern operating systems usually provide a special area on the desktop,
+    called the \e{system tray} or \e{notification area}, where long-running
+    applications can display icons and short messages.
+
+    \image system-tray.png The system tray on Windows XP.
+
+    The QSystemTrayIcon class can be used on the following platforms:
+
+    \list
+    \o All supported versions of Windows.
+    \o All window managers for X11 that implement the \l{freedesktop.org} system
+       tray specification, including recent versions of KDE and GNOME.
+    \o All supported versions of Mac OS X. Note that the Growl
+       notification system must be installed for
+       QSystemTrayIcon::showMessage() to display messages.
+    \endlist
+
+    To check whether a system tray is present on the user's desktop,
+    call the QSystemTrayIcon::isSystemTrayAvailable() static function.
+
+    To add a system tray entry, create a QSystemTrayIcon object, call setContextMenu()
+    to provide a context menu for the icon, and call show() to make it visible in the
+    system tray. Status notification messages ("balloon messages") can be displayed at
+    any time using showMessage().
+
+    If the system tray is unavailable when a system tray icon is constructed, but
+    becomes available later, QSystemTrayIcon will automatically add an entry for the
+    application in the system tray if the icon is \l visible.
+
+    The activated() signal is emitted when the user activates the icon.
+
+    Only on X11, when a tooltip is requested, the QSystemTrayIcon receives a QHelpEvent
+    of type QEvent::ToolTip. Additionally, the QSystemTrayIcon receives wheel events of
+    type QEvent::Wheel. These are not supported on any other platform.
+
+    \sa QDesktopServices, QDesktopWidget, {Desktop Integration}, {System Tray Icon Example}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSystemTrayIcon::MessageIcon
+
+    This enum describes the icon that is shown when a balloon message is displayed.
+
+    \value NoIcon      No icon is shown.
+    \value Information An information icon is shown.
+    \value Warning     A standard warning icon is shown.
+    \value Critical    A critical warning icon is shown.
+
+    \sa QMessageBox
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QSystemTrayIcon object with the given \a parent.
+
+    The icon is initially invisible.
+
+    \sa visible
+*/
+QSystemTrayIcon::QSystemTrayIcon(QObject *parent)
+: QObject(*new QSystemTrayIconPrivate(), parent)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QSystemTrayIcon object with the given \a icon and \a parent.
+
+    The icon is initially invisible.
+
+    \sa visible
+*/
+QSystemTrayIcon::QSystemTrayIcon(const QIcon &icon, QObject *parent)
+: QObject(*new QSystemTrayIconPrivate(), parent)
+{
+    setIcon(icon);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes the icon from the system tray and frees all allocated resources.
+*/
+QSystemTrayIcon::~QSystemTrayIcon()
+{
+    Q_D(QSystemTrayIcon);
+    d->remove_sys();
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENU
+
+/*!
+    Sets the specified \a menu to be the context menu for the system tray icon.
+
+    The menu will pop up when the user requests the context menu for the system
+    tray icon by clicking the mouse button.
+
+    On Mac OS X, this is currenly converted to a NSMenu, so the
+    aboutToHide() signal is not emitted.
+
+    \note The system tray icon does not take ownership of the menu. You must
+    ensure that it is deleted at the appropriate time by, for example, creating
+    the menu with a suitable parent object.
+*/
+void QSystemTrayIcon::setContextMenu(QMenu *menu)
+{
+    Q_D(QSystemTrayIcon);
+    d->menu = menu;
+    d->updateMenu_sys();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current context menu for the system tray entry.
+*/
+QMenu* QSystemTrayIcon::contextMenu() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QSystemTrayIcon);
+    return d->menu;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_MENU
+
+/*!
+    \property QSystemTrayIcon::icon
+    \brief the system tray icon
+
+    On Windows, the system tray icon size is 16x16; on X11, the preferred size is
+    22x22. The icon will be scaled to the appropriate size as necessary.
+*/
+void QSystemTrayIcon::setIcon(const QIcon &icon)
+{
+    Q_D(QSystemTrayIcon);
+    d->icon = icon;
+    d->updateIcon_sys();
+}
+
+QIcon QSystemTrayIcon::icon() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QSystemTrayIcon);
+    return d->icon;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QSystemTrayIcon::toolTip
+    \brief the tooltip for the system tray entry
+
+    On some systems, the tooltip's length is limited. The tooltip will be truncated
+    if necessary.
+*/
+void QSystemTrayIcon::setToolTip(const QString &tooltip)
+{
+    Q_D(QSystemTrayIcon);
+    d->toolTip = tooltip;
+    d->updateToolTip_sys();
+}
+
+QString QSystemTrayIcon::toolTip() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QSystemTrayIcon);
+    return d->toolTip;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSystemTrayIcon::show()
+
+    Shows the icon in the system tray.
+
+    \sa hide(), visible
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSystemTrayIcon::hide()
+
+    Hides the system tray entry.
+
+    \sa show(), visible
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.3
+    Returns the geometry of the system tray icon in screen coordinates.
+
+    \sa visible
+*/
+QRect QSystemTrayIcon::geometry() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QSystemTrayIcon);
+    if (!d->visible)
+        return QRect();
+    return d->geometry_sys();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QSystemTrayIcon::visible
+    \brief whether the system tray entry is visible
+
+    Setting this property to true or calling show() makes the system tray icon
+    visible; setting this property to false or calling hide() hides it.
+*/
+void QSystemTrayIcon::setVisible(bool visible)
+{
+    Q_D(QSystemTrayIcon);
+    if (visible == d->visible)
+        return;
+    if (d->icon.isNull() && visible)
+        qWarning("QSystemTrayIcon::setVisible: No Icon set");
+    d->visible = visible;
+    if (d->visible)
+        d->install_sys();
+    else
+        d->remove_sys();
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIcon::isVisible() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QSystemTrayIcon);
+    return d->visible;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \reimp
+*/
+bool QSystemTrayIcon::event(QEvent *e)
+{
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    if (e->type() == QEvent::ToolTip) {
+        Q_D(QSystemTrayIcon);
+        return d->sys->deliverToolTipEvent(e);
+    }
+#endif
+    return QObject::event(e);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSystemTrayIcon::ActivationReason
+
+     This enum describes the reason the system tray was activated.
+
+     \value Unknown     Unknown reason
+     \value Context     The context menu for the system tray entry was requested
+     \value DoubleClick The system tray entry was double clicked
+     \value Trigger     The system tray entry was clicked
+     \value MiddleClick The system tray entry was clicked with the middle mouse button
+
+     \sa activated()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSystemTrayIcon::activated(QSystemTrayIcon::ActivationReason reason)
+
+    This signal is emitted when the user activates the system tray icon. \a reason
+    specifies the reason for activation. QSystemTrayIcon::ActivationReason enumerates
+    the various reasons.
+
+    \sa QSystemTrayIcon::ActivationReason
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSystemTrayIcon::messageClicked()
+
+    This signal is emitted when the message displayed using showMessage()
+    was clicked by the user.
+
+    Currently this signal is not sent on Mac OS X.
+
+    \note We follow Microsoft Windows XP/Vista behavior, so the
+    signal is also emitted when the user clicks on a tray icon with
+    a balloon message displayed.
+
+    \sa activated()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the system tray is available; otherwise returns false.
+
+    If the system tray is currently unavailable but becomes available later,
+    QSystemTrayIcon will automatically add an entry in the system tray if it
+    is \l visible.
+*/
+
+bool QSystemTrayIcon::isSystemTrayAvailable()
+{
+    return QSystemTrayIconPrivate::isSystemTrayAvailable_sys();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the system tray supports balloon messages; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa showMessage()
+*/
+bool QSystemTrayIcon::supportsMessages()
+{
+    return QSystemTrayIconPrivate::supportsMessages_sys();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSystemTrayIcon::showMessage(const QString &title, const QString &message, MessageIcon icon, int millisecondsTimeoutHint)
+    \since 4.3
+
+    Shows a balloon message for the entry with the given \a title, \a message and
+    \a icon for the time specified in \a millisecondsTimeoutHint. \a title and \a message
+    must be plain text strings.
+
+    Message can be clicked by the user; the messageClicked() signal will emitted when
+    this occurs.
+
+    Note that display of messages are dependent on the system configuration and user
+    preferences, and that messages may not appear at all. Hence, it should not be
+    relied upon as the sole means for providing critical information.
+
+    On Windows, the \a millisecondsTimeoutHint is usually ignored by the system
+    when the application has focus.
+
+    On Mac OS X, the Growl notification system must be installed for this function to
+    display messages.
+ 
+    \sa show() supportsMessages()
+  */
+void QSystemTrayIcon::showMessage(const QString& title, const QString& msg,
+                            QSystemTrayIcon::MessageIcon icon, int msecs)
+{
+    Q_D(QSystemTrayIcon);
+    if (d->visible)
+        d->showMessage_sys(title, msg, icon, msecs);
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+static QBalloonTip *theSolitaryBalloonTip = 0;
+
+void QBalloonTip::showBalloon(QSystemTrayIcon::MessageIcon icon, const QString& title,
+                              const QString& message, QSystemTrayIcon *trayIcon,
+                              const QPoint& pos, int timeout, bool showArrow)
+{
+    hideBalloon();
+    if (message.isEmpty() && title.isEmpty())
+        return;
+
+    theSolitaryBalloonTip = new QBalloonTip(icon, title, message, trayIcon);
+    if (timeout < 0)
+        timeout = 10000; //10 s default
+    theSolitaryBalloonTip->balloon(pos, timeout, showArrow);
+}
+
+void QBalloonTip::hideBalloon()
+{
+    if (!theSolitaryBalloonTip)
+        return;
+    theSolitaryBalloonTip->hide();
+    delete theSolitaryBalloonTip;
+    theSolitaryBalloonTip = 0;
+}
+
+bool QBalloonTip::isBalloonVisible()
+{
+    return theSolitaryBalloonTip;
+}
+
+QBalloonTip::QBalloonTip(QSystemTrayIcon::MessageIcon icon, const QString& title,
+                         const QString& message, QSystemTrayIcon *ti)
+    : QWidget(0, Qt::ToolTip), trayIcon(ti), timerId(-1)
+{
+    setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose);
+    QObject::connect(ti, SIGNAL(destroyed()), this, SLOT(close()));
+
+    QLabel *titleLabel = new QLabel;
+    titleLabel->installEventFilter(this);
+    titleLabel->setText(title);
+    QFont f = titleLabel->font();
+    f.setBold(true);
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
+    f.setPointSize(f.pointSize() - 2);
+#endif
+    titleLabel->setFont(f);
+    titleLabel->setTextFormat(Qt::PlainText); // to maintain compat with windows
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
+    const int iconSize = style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_SmallIconSize);
+    const int closeButtonSize = style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_SmallIconSize) - 2;
+#else
+    const int iconSize = 18;
+    const int closeButtonSize = 15;
+#endif
+
+    QPushButton *closeButton = new QPushButton;
+    closeButton->setIcon(style()->standardIcon(QStyle::SP_TitleBarCloseButton));
+    closeButton->setIconSize(QSize(closeButtonSize, closeButtonSize));
+    closeButton->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Fixed);
+    closeButton->setFixedSize(closeButtonSize, closeButtonSize);
+    QObject::connect(closeButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(close()));
+
+    QLabel *msgLabel = new QLabel;
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
+    f.setBold(false);
+    msgLabel->setFont(f);
+#endif
+    msgLabel->installEventFilter(this);
+    msgLabel->setText(message);
+    msgLabel->setTextFormat(Qt::PlainText);
+    msgLabel->setAlignment(Qt::AlignTop | Qt::AlignLeft);
+
+    // smart size for the message label
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
+    int limit = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry(msgLabel).size().width() / 2;
+#else
+    int limit = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry(msgLabel).size().width() / 3;
+#endif
+    if (msgLabel->sizeHint().width() > limit) {
+        msgLabel->setWordWrap(true);
+        if (msgLabel->sizeHint().width() > limit) {
+            msgLabel->d_func()->ensureTextControl();
+            if (QTextControl *control = msgLabel->d_func()->control) {
+                QTextOption opt = control->document()->defaultTextOption();
+                opt.setWrapMode(QTextOption::WrapAnywhere);
+                control->document()->setDefaultTextOption(opt);
+            }
+        }
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
+        // Make sure that the text isn't wrapped "somewhere" in the balloon widget
+        // in the case that we have a long title label.
+        setMaximumWidth(limit);
+#else
+        // Here we allow the text being much smaller than the balloon widget
+        // to emulate the weird standard windows behavior.
+        msgLabel->setFixedSize(limit, msgLabel->heightForWidth(limit));
+#endif
+    }
+
+    QIcon si;
+    switch (icon) {
+    case QSystemTrayIcon::Warning:
+        si = style()->standardIcon(QStyle::SP_MessageBoxWarning);
+        break;
+    case QSystemTrayIcon::Critical:
+	si = style()->standardIcon(QStyle::SP_MessageBoxCritical);
+        break;
+    case QSystemTrayIcon::Information:
+	si = style()->standardIcon(QStyle::SP_MessageBoxInformation);
+        break;
+    case QSystemTrayIcon::NoIcon:
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    QGridLayout *layout = new QGridLayout;
+    if (!si.isNull()) {
+        QLabel *iconLabel = new QLabel;
+        iconLabel->setPixmap(si.pixmap(iconSize, iconSize));
+        iconLabel->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Fixed);
+        iconLabel->setMargin(2);
+        layout->addWidget(iconLabel, 0, 0);
+        layout->addWidget(titleLabel, 0, 1);
+    } else {
+        layout->addWidget(titleLabel, 0, 0, 1, 2);
+    }
+
+    layout->addWidget(closeButton, 0, 2);
+    layout->addWidget(msgLabel, 1, 0, 1, 3);
+    layout->setSizeConstraint(QLayout::SetFixedSize);
+    layout->setMargin(3);
+    setLayout(layout);
+
+    QPalette pal = palette();
+    pal.setColor(QPalette::Window, QColor(0xff, 0xff, 0xe1));
+    pal.setColor(QPalette::WindowText, Qt::black);
+    setPalette(pal);
+}
+
+QBalloonTip::~QBalloonTip()
+{
+    theSolitaryBalloonTip = 0;
+}
+
+void QBalloonTip::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
+{
+    QPainter painter(this);
+    painter.drawPixmap(rect(), pixmap);
+}
+
+void QBalloonTip::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *ev)
+{
+    QWidget::resizeEvent(ev);
+}
+
+void QBalloonTip::balloon(const QPoint& pos, int msecs, bool showArrow)
+{
+    QRect scr = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(pos);
+    QSize sh = sizeHint();
+    const int border = 1;
+    const int ah = 18, ao = 18, aw = 18, rc = 7;
+    bool arrowAtTop = (pos.y() + sh.height() + ah < scr.height());
+    bool arrowAtLeft = (pos.x() + sh.width() - ao < scr.width());
+    setContentsMargins(border + 3,  border + (arrowAtTop ? ah : 0) + 2, border + 3, border + (arrowAtTop ? 0 : ah) + 2);
+    updateGeometry();
+    sh  = sizeHint();
+
+    int ml, mr, mt, mb;
+    QSize sz = sizeHint();
+    if (!arrowAtTop) {
+        ml = mt = 0;
+        mr = sz.width() - 1;
+        mb = sz.height() - ah - 1;
+    } else {
+        ml = 0;
+        mt = ah;
+        mr = sz.width() - 1;
+        mb = sz.height() - 1;
+    }
+
+    QPainterPath path;
+#if defined(QT_NO_XSHAPE) && defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    // XShape is required for setting the mask, so we just
+    // draw an ugly square when its not available
+    path.moveTo(0, 0);
+    path.lineTo(sz.width() - 1, 0);
+    path.lineTo(sz.width() - 1, sz.height() - 1);
+    path.lineTo(0, sz.height() - 1);
+    path.lineTo(0, 0);
+    move(qMax(pos.x() - sz.width(), scr.left()), pos.y());
+#else
+    path.moveTo(ml + rc, mt);
+    if (arrowAtTop && arrowAtLeft) {
+        if (showArrow) {
+            path.lineTo(ml + ao, mt);
+            path.lineTo(ml + ao, mt - ah);
+            path.lineTo(ml + ao + aw, mt);
+        }
+        move(qMax(pos.x() - ao, scr.left() + 2), pos.y());
+    } else if (arrowAtTop && !arrowAtLeft) {
+        if (showArrow) {
+            path.lineTo(mr - ao - aw, mt);
+            path.lineTo(mr - ao, mt - ah);
+            path.lineTo(mr - ao, mt);
+        }
+        move(qMin(pos.x() - sh.width() + ao, scr.right() - sh.width() - 2), pos.y());
+    }
+    path.lineTo(mr - rc, mt);
+    path.arcTo(QRect(mr - rc*2, mt, rc*2, rc*2), 90, -90);
+    path.lineTo(mr, mb - rc);
+    path.arcTo(QRect(mr - rc*2, mb - rc*2, rc*2, rc*2), 0, -90);
+    if (!arrowAtTop && !arrowAtLeft) {
+        if (showArrow) {
+            path.lineTo(mr - ao, mb);
+            path.lineTo(mr - ao, mb + ah);
+            path.lineTo(mr - ao - aw, mb);
+        }
+        move(qMin(pos.x() - sh.width() + ao, scr.right() - sh.width() - 2),
+             pos.y() - sh.height());
+    } else if (!arrowAtTop && arrowAtLeft) {
+        if (showArrow) {
+            path.lineTo(ao + aw, mb);
+            path.lineTo(ao, mb + ah);
+            path.lineTo(ao, mb);
+        }
+        move(qMax(pos.x() - ao, scr.x() + 2), pos.y() - sh.height());
+    }
+    path.lineTo(ml + rc, mb);
+    path.arcTo(QRect(ml, mb - rc*2, rc*2, rc*2), -90, -90);
+    path.lineTo(ml, mt + rc);
+    path.arcTo(QRect(ml, mt, rc*2, rc*2), 180, -90);
+
+    // Set the mask
+    QBitmap bitmap = QBitmap(sizeHint());
+    bitmap.fill(Qt::color0);
+    QPainter painter1(&bitmap);
+    painter1.setPen(QPen(Qt::color1, border));
+    painter1.setBrush(QBrush(Qt::color1));
+    painter1.drawPath(path);
+    setMask(bitmap);
+#endif
+
+    // Draw the border
+    pixmap = QPixmap(sz);
+    QPainter painter2(&pixmap);
+    painter2.setPen(QPen(palette().color(QPalette::Window).darker(160), border));
+    painter2.setBrush(palette().color(QPalette::Window));
+    painter2.drawPath(path);
+
+    if (msecs > 0)
+        timerId = startTimer(msecs);
+    show();
+}
+
+void QBalloonTip::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
+{
+    close();
+    if(e->button() == Qt::LeftButton)
+        emit trayIcon->messageClicked();
+}
+
+void QBalloonTip::timerEvent(QTimerEvent *e)
+{
+    if (e->timerId() == timerId) {
+        killTimer(timerId);
+        if (!underMouse())
+            close();
+        return;
+    }
+    QWidget::timerEvent(e);
+}
+
+void qtsystray_sendActivated(QSystemTrayIcon *i, int r)
+{
+    emit i->activated((QSystemTrayIcon::ActivationReason)r);
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SYSTEMTRAYICON
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon.h b/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1f0dab5393
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSYSTEMTRAYICON_H
+#define QSYSTEMTRAYICON_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMTRAYICON
+
+#include <QtGui/qicon.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Gui)
+
+class QSystemTrayIconPrivate;
+
+class QMenu;
+class QEvent;
+class QWheelEvent;
+class QMouseEvent;
+class QPoint;
+
+class Q_GUI_EXPORT QSystemTrayIcon : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY(QString toolTip READ toolTip WRITE setToolTip)
+    Q_PROPERTY(QIcon icon READ icon WRITE setIcon)
+    Q_PROPERTY(bool visible READ isVisible WRITE setVisible DESIGNABLE false)
+
+public:
+    QSystemTrayIcon(QObject *parent = 0);
+    QSystemTrayIcon(const QIcon &icon, QObject *parent = 0);
+    ~QSystemTrayIcon();
+
+    enum ActivationReason {
+        Unknown,
+        Context,
+        DoubleClick,
+        Trigger,
+        MiddleClick
+    };
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENU
+    void setContextMenu(QMenu *menu);
+    QMenu *contextMenu() const;
+#endif
+
+    QIcon icon() const;
+    void setIcon(const QIcon &icon);
+
+    QString toolTip() const;
+    void setToolTip(const QString &tip);
+
+    static bool isSystemTrayAvailable();
+    static bool supportsMessages();
+
+    enum MessageIcon { NoIcon, Information, Warning, Critical };
+    void showMessage(const QString &title, const QString &msg,
+                     MessageIcon icon = Information, int msecs = 10000);
+
+    QRect geometry() const;
+    bool isVisible() const;
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    void setVisible(bool visible);
+    inline void show() { setVisible(true); }
+    inline void hide() { setVisible(false); }
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void activated(QSystemTrayIcon::ActivationReason reason);
+    void messageClicked();
+
+protected:
+    bool event(QEvent *event);
+
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QSystemTrayIcon)
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QSystemTrayIcon)
+
+    friend class QSystemTrayIconSys;
+    friend class QBalloonTip;
+    friend void qtsystray_sendActivated(QSystemTrayIcon *, int);
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SYSTEMTRAYICON
+#endif // QSYSTEMTRAYICON_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_mac.mm b/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_mac.mm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ec0b07040
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_mac.mm
@@ -0,0 +1,578 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (c) 2007-2008, Apple, Inc.
+**
+** All rights reserved.
+**
+** Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+** modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+**
+**   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+**     this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+**
+**   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+**     this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+**     and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+**
+**   * Neither the name of Apple, Inc. nor the names of its contributors
+**     may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+**     without specific prior written permission.
+**
+** THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+** "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+** LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
+** CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+** EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+** PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+** PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+** NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+** SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#define QT_MAC_SYSTEMTRAY_USE_GROWL
+
+#include <private/qt_cocoa_helpers_mac_p.h>
+#include <private/qsystemtrayicon_p.h>
+#include <qtemporaryfile.h>
+#include <qimagewriter.h>
+#include <qapplication.h>
+#include <qdebug.h>
+#include <qstyle.h>
+
+#include <private/qt_mac_p.h>
+#import <AppKit/AppKit.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+extern bool qt_mac_execute_apple_script(const QString &script, AEDesc *ret); //qapplication_mac.cpp
+extern void qtsystray_sendActivated(QSystemTrayIcon *i, int r); //qsystemtrayicon.cpp
+extern NSString *keySequenceToKeyEqivalent(const QKeySequence &accel); // qmenu_mac.mm
+extern NSUInteger keySequenceModifierMask(const QKeySequence &accel);  // qmenu_mac.mm
+extern Qt::MouseButton cocoaButton2QtButton(NSInteger buttonNum);
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_USE_NAMESPACE
+
+@class QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSMenu);
+@class QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSImageView);
+
+@interface QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSStatusItem) : NSObject {
+    NSStatusItem *item;
+    QSystemTrayIcon *icon;
+    QSystemTrayIconPrivate *iconPrivate;
+    QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSImageView) *imageCell;
+}
+-(id)initWithIcon:(QSystemTrayIcon*)icon iconPrivate:(QSystemTrayIconPrivate *)iprivate;
+-(void)dealloc;
+-(QSystemTrayIcon*)icon;
+-(NSStatusItem*)item;
+-(QRectF)geometry;
+- (void)triggerSelector:(id)sender button:(Qt::MouseButton)mouseButton;
+- (void)doubleClickSelector:(id)sender;
+@end
+
+@interface QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSImageView) : NSImageView {
+    BOOL down;
+    QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSStatusItem) *parent;
+}
+-(id)initWithParent:(QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSStatusItem)*)myParent;
+-(QSystemTrayIcon*)icon;
+-(void)menuTrackingDone:(NSNotification*)notification;
+-(void)mousePressed:(NSEvent *)mouseEvent button:(Qt::MouseButton)mouseButton;
+@end
+
+
+#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5
+
+@protocol NSMenuDelegate <NSObject>
+-(void)menuNeedsUpdate:(NSMenu*)menu;
+@end
+#endif
+
+
+@interface QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSMenu) : NSMenu <NSMenuDelegate> {
+    QMenu *qmenu;
+}
+-(QMenu*)menu;
+-(id)initWithQMenu:(QMenu*)qmenu;
+-(void)selectedAction:(id)item;
+@end
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+class QSystemTrayIconSys
+{
+public:
+    QSystemTrayIconSys(QSystemTrayIcon *icon, QSystemTrayIconPrivate *d) {
+        QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
+        item = [[QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSStatusItem) alloc] initWithIcon:icon iconPrivate:d];
+    }
+    ~QSystemTrayIconSys() {
+        QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
+        [[[item item] view] setHidden: YES];
+        [item release];
+    }
+    QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSStatusItem) *item;
+};
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::install_sys()
+{
+    Q_Q(QSystemTrayIcon);
+    if (!sys) {
+        sys = new QSystemTrayIconSys(q, this);
+        updateIcon_sys();
+        updateMenu_sys();
+        updateToolTip_sys();
+    }
+}
+
+QRect QSystemTrayIconPrivate::geometry_sys() const
+{
+    if(sys) {
+        const QRectF geom = [sys->item geometry];
+        if(!geom.isNull())
+            return geom.toRect();
+    }
+    return QRect();
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::remove_sys()
+{
+    delete sys;
+    sys = 0;
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::updateIcon_sys()
+{
+    if(sys && !icon.isNull()) {
+        QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
+#ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+        const short scale = GetMBarHeight()-4;
+#else
+        CGFloat hgt = [[[NSApplication sharedApplication] mainMenu] menuBarHeight];
+        const short scale = hgt - 4;
+#endif
+        NSImage *nsimage = static_cast<NSImage *>(qt_mac_create_nsimage(icon.pixmap(QSize(scale, scale))));
+        [(NSImageView*)[[sys->item item] view] setImage: nsimage];
+        [nsimage release];
+    }
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::updateMenu_sys()
+{
+    if(sys) {
+        QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
+        if(menu && !menu->isEmpty()) {
+            [[sys->item item] setHighlightMode:YES];
+        } else {
+            [[sys->item item] setHighlightMode:NO];
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::updateToolTip_sys()
+{
+    if(sys) {
+        QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
+        QCFString string(toolTip);
+        [[[sys->item item] view] setToolTip:(NSString*)static_cast<CFStringRef>(string)];
+    }
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconPrivate::isSystemTrayAvailable_sys()
+{
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconPrivate::supportsMessages_sys()
+{
+    return true;
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::showMessage_sys(const QString &title, const QString &message, QSystemTrayIcon::MessageIcon icon, int)
+{
+
+    if(sys) {
+#ifdef QT_MAC_SYSTEMTRAY_USE_GROWL
+        // Make sure that we have Growl installed on the machine we are running on.
+        QCFType<CFURLRef> cfurl;
+        OSStatus status = LSGetApplicationForInfo(kLSUnknownType, kLSUnknownCreator,
+                                                  CFSTR("growlTicket"), kLSRolesAll, 0, &cfurl);
+        if (status == kLSApplicationNotFoundErr)
+            return;
+        QCFType<CFBundleRef> bundle = CFBundleCreate(0, cfurl);
+
+        if (CFStringCompare(CFBundleGetIdentifier(bundle), CFSTR("com.Growl.GrowlHelperApp"),
+                    kCFCompareCaseInsensitive |  kCFCompareBackwards) != kCFCompareEqualTo)
+            return;
+        QPixmap notificationIconPixmap;
+        if(icon == QSystemTrayIcon::Information)
+            notificationIconPixmap = QApplication::style()->standardPixmap(QStyle::SP_MessageBoxInformation);
+        else if(icon == QSystemTrayIcon::Warning)
+            notificationIconPixmap = QApplication::style()->standardPixmap(QStyle::SP_MessageBoxWarning);
+        else if(icon == QSystemTrayIcon::Critical)
+            notificationIconPixmap = QApplication::style()->standardPixmap(QStyle::SP_MessageBoxCritical);
+        QTemporaryFile notificationIconFile;
+        QString notificationType(QLatin1String("Notification")), notificationIcon, notificationApp(QApplication::applicationName());
+        if(notificationApp.isEmpty())
+            notificationApp = QLatin1String("Application");
+        if(!notificationIconPixmap.isNull() && notificationIconFile.open()) {
+            QImageWriter writer(&notificationIconFile, "PNG");
+            if(writer.write(notificationIconPixmap.toImage()))
+                notificationIcon = QLatin1String("image from location \"file://") + notificationIconFile.fileName() + QLatin1String("\"");
+        }
+        const QString script(QLatin1String(
+            "tell application \"GrowlHelperApp\"\n"
+            "-- Make a list of all the notification types (all)\n"
+            "set the allNotificationsList to {\"") + notificationType + QLatin1String("\"}\n"
+
+            "-- Make a list of the notifications (enabled)\n"
+            "set the enabledNotificationsList to {\"") + notificationType + QLatin1String("\"}\n"
+
+            "-- Register our script with growl.\n"
+            "register as application \"") + notificationApp + QLatin1String("\" all notifications allNotificationsList default notifications enabledNotificationsList\n"
+
+            "--	Send a Notification...\n") +
+            QLatin1String("notify with name \"") + notificationType +
+            QLatin1String("\" title \"") + title +
+            QLatin1String("\" description \"") + message +
+            QLatin1String("\" application name \"") + notificationApp +
+            QLatin1String("\" ")  + notificationIcon +
+            QLatin1String("\nend tell"));
+        qt_mac_execute_apple_script(script, 0);
+#elif 0
+        Q_Q(QSystemTrayIcon);
+        NSView *v = [[sys->item item] view];
+        NSWindow *w = [v window];
+        w = [[sys->item item] window];
+        qDebug() << w << v;
+        QPoint p(qRound([w frame].origin.x), qRound([w frame].origin.y));
+        qDebug() << p;
+        QBalloonTip::showBalloon(icon, message, title, q, QPoint(0, 0), msecs);
+#else
+        Q_UNUSED(icon);
+        Q_UNUSED(title);
+        Q_UNUSED(message);
+#endif
+    }
+}
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+@implementation NSStatusItem (Qt)
+@end
+
+@implementation QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSImageView)
+-(id)initWithParent:(QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSStatusItem)*)myParent {
+    self = [super init];
+    parent = myParent;
+    down = NO;
+    return self;
+}
+
+-(QSystemTrayIcon*)icon {
+    return [parent icon];
+}
+
+-(void)menuTrackingDone:(NSNotification*)notification
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(notification);
+    down = NO;
+
+    if( ![self icon]->icon().isNull() ) {
+#ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+        const short scale = GetMBarHeight()-4;
+#else
+        CGFloat hgt = [[[NSApplication sharedApplication] mainMenu] menuBarHeight];
+        const short scale = hgt - 4;
+#endif
+        NSImage *nsimage = static_cast<NSImage *>(qt_mac_create_nsimage([self icon]->icon().pixmap(QSize(scale, scale))));
+        [self setImage: nsimage];
+        [nsimage release];
+    }
+
+    if([self icon]->contextMenu())
+        [self icon]->contextMenu()->hide();
+
+    [self setNeedsDisplay:YES];
+}
+
+-(void)mousePressed:(NSEvent *)mouseEvent button:(Qt::MouseButton)mouseButton
+{
+    down = YES;
+    int clickCount = [mouseEvent clickCount];  
+    [self setNeedsDisplay:YES];
+
+#ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+    const short scale = GetMBarHeight()-4;
+#else
+    CGFloat hgt = [[[NSApplication sharedApplication] mainMenu] menuBarHeight];
+    const short scale = hgt - 4;
+#endif
+
+    if (![self icon]->icon().isNull() ) {
+        NSImage *nsaltimage = static_cast<NSImage *>(qt_mac_create_nsimage([self icon]->icon().pixmap(QSize(scale, scale), QIcon::Selected)));
+        [self setImage: nsaltimage];
+        [nsaltimage release];
+    }
+
+    if ((clickCount == 2)) {
+        [self menuTrackingDone:nil];
+        [parent doubleClickSelector:self];
+    } else {
+        [parent triggerSelector:self button:mouseButton];
+    }
+}
+
+-(void)mouseDown:(NSEvent *)mouseEvent
+{
+    [self mousePressed:mouseEvent button:Qt::LeftButton];
+}
+
+-(void)mouseUp:(NSEvent *)mouseEvent
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(mouseEvent);
+    [self menuTrackingDone:nil];
+}
+
+- (void)rightMouseDown:(NSEvent *)mouseEvent
+{
+    [self mousePressed:mouseEvent button:Qt::RightButton];
+}
+
+-(void)rightMouseUp:(NSEvent *)mouseEvent
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(mouseEvent);
+    [self menuTrackingDone:nil];
+}
+
+- (void)otherMouseDown:(NSEvent *)mouseEvent
+{
+    [self mousePressed:mouseEvent button:cocoaButton2QtButton([mouseEvent buttonNumber])];
+}
+
+-(void)otherMouseUp:(NSEvent *)mouseEvent
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(mouseEvent);
+    [self menuTrackingDone:nil];
+}
+
+-(void)drawRect:(NSRect)rect {
+    [[parent item] drawStatusBarBackgroundInRect:rect withHighlight:down];
+    [super drawRect:rect];
+}
+@end
+
+@implementation QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSStatusItem)
+
+-(id)initWithIcon:(QSystemTrayIcon*)i iconPrivate:(QSystemTrayIconPrivate *)iPrivate
+{
+    self = [super init];
+    if(self) {
+        icon = i;
+        iconPrivate = iPrivate;
+        item = [[[NSStatusBar systemStatusBar] statusItemWithLength:NSSquareStatusItemLength] retain];
+        imageCell = [[QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSImageView) alloc] initWithParent:self];
+        [item setView: imageCell];
+    }
+    return self;
+}
+-(void)dealloc {
+    [[NSStatusBar systemStatusBar] removeStatusItem:item];
+    [imageCell release];
+    [item release];
+    [super dealloc];
+
+}
+
+-(QSystemTrayIcon*)icon {
+    return icon;
+}
+
+-(NSStatusItem*)item {
+    return item;
+}
+-(QRectF)geometry {
+    if(NSWindow *window = [[item view] window]) {
+        NSRect screenRect = [[window screen] frame];
+        NSRect windowRect = [window frame];
+        return QRectF(windowRect.origin.x, screenRect.size.height-windowRect.origin.y-windowRect.size.height, windowRect.size.width, windowRect.size.height);
+    }
+    return QRectF();
+}
+
+- (void)triggerSelector:(id)sender button:(Qt::MouseButton)mouseButton {
+    Q_UNUSED(sender);
+    if (!icon)
+        return;
+
+    if (mouseButton == Qt::MidButton)
+        qtsystray_sendActivated(icon, QSystemTrayIcon::MiddleClick);
+    else
+        qtsystray_sendActivated(icon, QSystemTrayIcon::Trigger);
+
+    if (icon->contextMenu()) {
+#ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+        [[[self item] view] removeAllToolTips];
+        iconPrivate->updateToolTip_sys();
+#endif
+        NSMenu *m = [[QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSMenu) alloc] initWithQMenu:icon->contextMenu()];
+        [m setAutoenablesItems: NO];
+        [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:imageCell
+         selector:@selector(menuTrackingDone:)
+             name:NSMenuDidEndTrackingNotification
+                 object:m];
+        [item popUpStatusItemMenu: m];
+        [m release];
+    }
+}
+
+- (void)doubleClickSelector:(id)sender {
+    Q_UNUSED(sender);
+    if(!icon)
+        return;
+    qtsystray_sendActivated(icon, QSystemTrayIcon::DoubleClick);
+}
+
+@end
+
+class QSystemTrayIconQMenu : public QMenu
+{
+public:
+    void doAboutToShow() { emit aboutToShow(); }
+private:
+    QSystemTrayIconQMenu();
+};
+
+@implementation QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSMenu)
+-(id)initWithQMenu:(QMenu*)qm {
+    self = [super init];
+    if(self) {
+        self->qmenu = qm;
+        [self setDelegate:self];
+    }
+    return self;
+}
+-(QMenu*)menu {
+    return qmenu;
+}
+-(void)menuNeedsUpdate:(NSMenu*)nsmenu {
+    QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSMenu) *menu = static_cast<QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSMenu) *>(nsmenu);
+    emit static_cast<QSystemTrayIconQMenu*>(menu->qmenu)->doAboutToShow();
+    for(int i = [menu numberOfItems]-1; i >= 0; --i)
+        [menu removeItemAtIndex:i];
+    QList<QAction*> actions = menu->qmenu->actions();;
+    for(int i = 0; i < actions.size(); ++i) {
+        const QAction *action = actions[i];
+        if(!action->isVisible())
+            continue;
+
+        NSMenuItem *item = 0;
+        bool needRelease = false;
+        if(action->isSeparator()) {
+            item = [NSMenuItem separatorItem];
+        } else {
+            item = [[NSMenuItem alloc] init];
+            needRelease = true;
+            QString text = action->text();
+            QKeySequence accel = action->shortcut();
+            {
+                int st = text.lastIndexOf(QLatin1Char('\t'));
+                if(st != -1) {
+                    accel = QKeySequence(text.right(text.length()-(st+1)));
+                    text.remove(st, text.length()-st);
+                }
+            }
+            if(accel.count() > 1)
+                text += QLatin1String(" (****)"); //just to denote a multi stroke shortcut
+
+            [item setTitle:(NSString*)QCFString::toCFStringRef(qt_mac_removeMnemonics(text))];
+            [item setEnabled:menu->qmenu->isEnabled() && action->isEnabled()];
+            [item setState:action->isChecked() ? NSOnState : NSOffState];
+            [item setToolTip:(NSString*)QCFString::toCFStringRef(action->toolTip())];
+            const QIcon icon = action->icon();
+            if(!icon.isNull()) {
+#ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+                const short scale = GetMBarHeight();
+#else
+                const short scale = [[NSApp mainMenu] menuBarHeight];
+#endif
+                NSImage *nsimage = static_cast<NSImage *>(qt_mac_create_nsimage(icon.pixmap(QSize(scale, scale))));
+                [item setImage: nsimage];
+                [nsimage release];
+            }
+            if(action->menu()) {
+                QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSMenu) *sub = [[QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QNSMenu) alloc] initWithQMenu:action->menu()];
+                [item setSubmenu:sub];
+            } else {
+                [item setAction:@selector(selectedAction:)];
+                [item setTarget:self];
+            }
+            if(!accel.isEmpty()) {
+                [item setKeyEquivalent:keySequenceToKeyEqivalent(accel)];
+                [item setKeyEquivalentModifierMask:keySequenceModifierMask(accel)];
+            }
+        }
+        if(item)
+            [menu addItem:item];
+        if (needRelease)
+            [item release];
+    }
+}
+-(void)selectedAction:(id)a {
+    const int activated = [self indexOfItem:a];
+    QAction *action = 0;
+    QList<QAction*> actions = qmenu->actions();
+    for(int i = 0, cnt = 0; i < actions.size(); ++i) {
+        if(actions.at(i)->isVisible() && (cnt++) == activated) {
+            action = actions.at(i);
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    if(action) {
+        action->activate(QAction::Trigger);
+    }
+}
+@end
+
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_p.h b/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cc7bd47092
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSYSTEMTRAYICON_P_H
+#define QSYSTEMTRAYICON_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of a number of Qt sources files.  This header file may change from
+// version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "qsystemtrayicon.h"
+#include "private/qobject_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMTRAYICON
+
+#include "QtGui/qmenu.h"
+#include "QtGui/qpixmap.h"
+#include "QtCore/qstring.h"
+#include "QtCore/qpointer.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QSystemTrayIconSys;
+class QToolButton;
+class QLabel;
+
+class QSystemTrayIconPrivate : public QObjectPrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QSystemTrayIcon)
+
+public:
+    QSystemTrayIconPrivate() : sys(0), visible(false) { }
+
+    void install_sys();
+    void remove_sys();
+    void updateIcon_sys();
+    void updateToolTip_sys();
+    void updateMenu_sys();
+    QRect geometry_sys() const;
+    void showMessage_sys(const QString &msg, const QString &title, QSystemTrayIcon::MessageIcon icon, int secs);
+
+    static bool isSystemTrayAvailable_sys();
+    static bool supportsMessages_sys();
+
+    QPointer<QMenu> menu;
+    QIcon icon;
+    QString toolTip;
+    QSystemTrayIconSys *sys;
+    bool visible;
+};
+
+class QBalloonTip : public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    static void showBalloon(QSystemTrayIcon::MessageIcon icon, const QString& title,
+                            const QString& msg, QSystemTrayIcon *trayIcon,
+                            const QPoint& pos, int timeout, bool showArrow = true);
+    static void hideBalloon();
+    static bool isBalloonVisible();
+
+private:
+    QBalloonTip(QSystemTrayIcon::MessageIcon icon, const QString& title,
+                const QString& msg, QSystemTrayIcon *trayIcon);
+    ~QBalloonTip();
+    void balloon(const QPoint&, int, bool);
+
+protected:
+    void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *);
+    void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *);
+    void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
+    void timerEvent(QTimerEvent *e);
+
+private:
+    QSystemTrayIcon *trayIcon;
+    QPixmap pixmap;
+    int timerId;
+};
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+QT_BEGIN_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE
+#include <QtCore/qcoreapplication.h>
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include <X11/Xutil.h>
+QT_END_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE
+
+class QSystemTrayIconSys : public QWidget
+{
+    friend class QSystemTrayIconPrivate;
+
+public:
+    QSystemTrayIconSys(QSystemTrayIcon *q);
+    ~QSystemTrayIconSys();
+    enum {
+        SYSTEM_TRAY_REQUEST_DOCK = 0,
+        SYSTEM_TRAY_BEGIN_MESSAGE = 1,
+        SYSTEM_TRAY_CANCEL_MESSAGE =2
+    };
+
+    void addToTray();
+    void updateIcon();
+    XVisualInfo* getSysTrayVisualInfo();
+
+    // QObject::event is public but QWidget's ::event() re-implementation
+    // is protected ;(
+    inline bool deliverToolTipEvent(QEvent *e)
+    { return QWidget::event(e); }
+
+    static Window sysTrayWindow;
+    static QList<QSystemTrayIconSys *> trayIcons;
+    static QCoreApplication::EventFilter oldEventFilter;
+    static bool sysTrayTracker(void *message, long *result);
+    static Window locateSystemTray();
+    static Atom sysTraySelection;
+    static XVisualInfo sysTrayVisual;
+
+protected:
+    void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *pe);
+    void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *re);
+    bool x11Event(XEvent *event);
+    void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event);
+    void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event);
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+    void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event);
+#endif
+    bool event(QEvent *e);
+
+private:
+    QPixmap background;
+    QSystemTrayIcon *q;
+    Colormap colormap;
+};
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SYSTEMTRAYICON
+
+#endif // QSYSTEMTRAYICON_P_H
+
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_qpa.cpp b/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_qpa.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..48f8fe8922
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_qpa.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsystemtrayicon_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMTRAYICON
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::install_sys()
+{
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::remove_sys()
+{
+}
+
+QRect QSystemTrayIconPrivate::geometry_sys() const
+{
+    return QRect();
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::updateIcon_sys()
+{
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::updateMenu_sys()
+{
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::updateToolTip_sys()
+{
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconPrivate::isSystemTrayAvailable_sys()
+{
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconPrivate::supportsMessages_sys()
+{
+    return false;
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::showMessage_sys(const QString &message,
+                                             const QString &title,
+                                             QSystemTrayIcon::MessageIcon icon,
+                                             int msecs)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(message);
+    Q_UNUSED(title);
+    Q_UNUSED(icon);
+    Q_UNUSED(msecs);
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SYSTEMTRAYICON
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_win.cpp b/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_win.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5a0e179e6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_win.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsystemtrayicon_p.h"
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMTRAYICON
+
+#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT
+#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0600
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _WIN32_IE
+#define _WIN32_IE 0x600
+#endif
+
+#include <qt_windows.h>
+#include <windowsx.h>
+#include <commctrl.h>
+
+#include <private/qsystemlibrary_p.h>
+#include <QApplication>
+#include <QSettings>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+static const UINT q_uNOTIFYICONID = 0;
+
+static uint MYWM_TASKBARCREATED = 0;
+#define MYWM_NOTIFYICON (WM_APP+101)
+
+struct Q_NOTIFYICONIDENTIFIER {
+    DWORD cbSize;
+    HWND hWnd;
+    UINT uID;
+    GUID guidItem;
+};
+
+#ifndef NOTIFYICON_VERSION_4
+#define NOTIFYICON_VERSION_4 4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NIN_SELECT
+#define NIN_SELECT (WM_USER + 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NIN_KEYSELECT
+#define NIN_KEYSELECT (WM_USER + 1)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NIN_BALLOONTIMEOUT
+#define NIN_BALLOONTIMEOUT (WM_USER + 4)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NIN_BALLOONUSERCLICK
+#define NIN_BALLOONUSERCLICK (WM_USER + 5)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NIF_SHOWTIP
+#define NIF_SHOWTIP 0x00000080
+#endif
+
+#define Q_MSGFLT_ALLOW 1
+
+typedef HRESULT (WINAPI *PtrShell_NotifyIconGetRect)(const Q_NOTIFYICONIDENTIFIER* identifier, RECT* iconLocation);
+typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PtrChangeWindowMessageFilter)(UINT message, DWORD dwFlag);
+typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PtrChangeWindowMessageFilterEx)(HWND hWnd, UINT message, DWORD action, void* pChangeFilterStruct);
+
+class QSystemTrayIconSys : QWidget
+{
+public:
+    QSystemTrayIconSys(QSystemTrayIcon *object);
+    ~QSystemTrayIconSys();
+    bool winEvent( MSG *m, long *result );
+    bool trayMessage(DWORD msg);
+    void setIconContents(NOTIFYICONDATA &data);
+    bool showMessage(const QString &title, const QString &message, QSystemTrayIcon::MessageIcon type, uint uSecs);
+    QRect findIconGeometry(const int a_iButtonID);
+    void createIcon();
+    HICON hIcon;
+    QPoint globalPos;
+    QSystemTrayIcon *q;
+private:
+    uint notifyIconSize;
+    int maxTipLength;
+    int version;
+    bool ignoreNextMouseRelease;
+};
+
+static bool allowsMessages()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_SETTINGS
+    QSettings settings(QLatin1String("HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft"
+                                      "\\Windows\\CurrentVersion\\Explorer\\Advanced"), QSettings::NativeFormat);
+    return settings.value(QLatin1String("EnableBalloonTips"), true).toBool();
+#else
+    return false;
+#endif
+}
+
+QSystemTrayIconSys::QSystemTrayIconSys(QSystemTrayIcon *object)
+    : hIcon(0), q(object), ignoreNextMouseRelease(false)
+
+{
+    if (QSysInfo::windowsVersion() >= QSysInfo::WV_VISTA) {
+        notifyIconSize = sizeof(NOTIFYICONDATA);
+        version = NOTIFYICON_VERSION_4;
+    } else {
+        notifyIconSize = NOTIFYICONDATA_V2_SIZE;
+        version = NOTIFYICON_VERSION;
+    }
+
+    maxTipLength = 128;
+
+    // For restoring the tray icon after explorer crashes
+    if (!MYWM_TASKBARCREATED) {
+        MYWM_TASKBARCREATED = RegisterWindowMessage(L"TaskbarCreated");
+    }
+
+    // Allow the WM_TASKBARCREATED message through the UIPI filter on Windows Vista and higher
+    static PtrChangeWindowMessageFilterEx pChangeWindowMessageFilterEx =
+        (PtrChangeWindowMessageFilterEx)QSystemLibrary::resolve(QLatin1String("user32"), "ChangeWindowMessageFilterEx");
+
+    if (pChangeWindowMessageFilterEx) {
+        // Call the safer ChangeWindowMessageFilterEx API if available
+        pChangeWindowMessageFilterEx(winId(), MYWM_TASKBARCREATED, Q_MSGFLT_ALLOW, 0);
+    } else {
+        static PtrChangeWindowMessageFilter pChangeWindowMessageFilter =
+            (PtrChangeWindowMessageFilter)QSystemLibrary::resolve(QLatin1String("user32"), "ChangeWindowMessageFilter");
+
+        if (pChangeWindowMessageFilter) {
+            // Call the deprecated ChangeWindowMessageFilter API otherwise
+            pChangeWindowMessageFilter(MYWM_TASKBARCREATED, Q_MSGFLT_ALLOW);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+QSystemTrayIconSys::~QSystemTrayIconSys()
+{
+    if (hIcon)
+        DestroyIcon(hIcon);
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconSys::setIconContents(NOTIFYICONDATA &tnd)
+{
+    tnd.uFlags |= NIF_MESSAGE | NIF_ICON | NIF_TIP;
+    tnd.uCallbackMessage = MYWM_NOTIFYICON;
+    tnd.hIcon = hIcon;
+    QString tip = q->toolTip();
+
+    if (!tip.isNull()) {
+        tip = tip.left(maxTipLength - 1) + QChar();
+        memcpy(tnd.szTip, tip.utf16(), qMin(tip.length() + 1, maxTipLength) * sizeof(wchar_t));
+    }
+}
+
+static int iconFlag( QSystemTrayIcon::MessageIcon icon )
+{
+    switch (icon) {
+        case QSystemTrayIcon::Information:
+            return NIIF_INFO;
+        case QSystemTrayIcon::Warning:
+            return NIIF_WARNING;
+        case QSystemTrayIcon::Critical:
+            return NIIF_ERROR;
+        case QSystemTrayIcon::NoIcon:
+            return NIIF_NONE;
+        default:
+            Q_ASSERT_X(false, "QSystemTrayIconSys::showMessage", "Invalid QSystemTrayIcon::MessageIcon value");
+            return NIIF_NONE;
+    }
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconSys::showMessage(const QString &title, const QString &message, QSystemTrayIcon::MessageIcon type, uint uSecs)
+{
+    NOTIFYICONDATA tnd;
+    memset(&tnd, 0, notifyIconSize);
+
+    memcpy(tnd.szInfo, message.utf16(), qMin(message.length() + 1, 256) * sizeof(wchar_t));
+    memcpy(tnd.szInfoTitle, title.utf16(), qMin(title.length() + 1, 64) * sizeof(wchar_t));
+
+    tnd.uID = q_uNOTIFYICONID;
+    tnd.dwInfoFlags = iconFlag(type);
+    tnd.cbSize = notifyIconSize;
+    tnd.hWnd = winId();
+    tnd.uTimeout = uSecs;
+    tnd.uFlags = NIF_INFO | NIF_SHOWTIP;
+
+    Q_ASSERT(testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created));
+
+    return Shell_NotifyIcon(NIM_MODIFY, &tnd);
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconSys::trayMessage(DWORD msg)
+{
+    NOTIFYICONDATA tnd;
+    memset(&tnd, 0, notifyIconSize);
+
+    tnd.uID = q_uNOTIFYICONID;
+    tnd.cbSize = notifyIconSize;
+    tnd.hWnd = winId();
+    tnd.uFlags = NIF_SHOWTIP;
+    tnd.uVersion = version;
+
+    Q_ASSERT(testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created));
+
+    if (msg == NIM_ADD || msg == NIM_MODIFY) {
+        setIconContents(tnd);
+    }
+
+    bool success = Shell_NotifyIcon(msg, &tnd);
+
+    if (msg == NIM_ADD)
+        return success && Shell_NotifyIcon(NIM_SETVERSION, &tnd);
+    else
+        return success;
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconSys::createIcon()
+{
+    hIcon = 0;
+    QIcon icon = q->icon();
+    if (icon.isNull())
+        return;
+
+    const int iconSizeX = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSMICON);
+    const int iconSizeY = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSMICON);
+    QSize size = icon.actualSize(QSize(iconSizeX, iconSizeY));
+    QPixmap pm = icon.pixmap(size);
+    if (pm.isNull())
+        return;
+
+    hIcon = pm.toWinHICON();
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconSys::winEvent( MSG *m, long *result )
+{
+    switch(m->message) {
+    case MYWM_NOTIFYICON:
+        {
+            int message = 0;
+            QPoint gpos;
+
+            if (version == NOTIFYICON_VERSION_4) {
+                Q_ASSERT(q_uNOTIFYICONID == HIWORD(m->lParam));
+                message = LOWORD(m->lParam);
+                gpos = QPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(m->wParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(m->wParam));
+            } else {
+                Q_ASSERT(q_uNOTIFYICONID == m->wParam);
+                message = m->lParam;
+                gpos = QCursor::pos();
+            }
+
+            switch (message) {
+            case NIN_SELECT:
+            case NIN_KEYSELECT:
+                if (ignoreNextMouseRelease)
+                    ignoreNextMouseRelease = false;
+                else 
+                    emit q->activated(QSystemTrayIcon::Trigger);
+                break;
+
+            case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
+                ignoreNextMouseRelease = true; // Since DBLCLICK Generates a second mouse 
+                                               // release we must ignore it
+                emit q->activated(QSystemTrayIcon::DoubleClick);
+                break;
+
+            case WM_CONTEXTMENU:
+                if (q->contextMenu()) {
+                    q->contextMenu()->popup(gpos);
+                    q->contextMenu()->activateWindow();
+                }
+                emit q->activated(QSystemTrayIcon::Context);
+                break;
+
+            case NIN_BALLOONUSERCLICK:
+                emit q->messageClicked();
+                break;
+
+            case WM_MBUTTONUP:
+                emit q->activated(QSystemTrayIcon::MiddleClick);
+                break;
+
+            default:
+                break;
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+    default:
+        if (m->message == MYWM_TASKBARCREATED)
+            trayMessage(NIM_ADD);
+        else
+            return QWidget::winEvent(m, result);
+        break;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::install_sys()
+{
+    Q_Q(QSystemTrayIcon);
+    if (!sys) {
+        sys = new QSystemTrayIconSys(q);
+        sys->createIcon();
+        sys->trayMessage(NIM_ADD);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+* This function tries to determine the icon geometry from the tray
+*
+* If it fails an invalid rect is returned.
+*/
+QRect QSystemTrayIconSys::findIconGeometry(const int iconId)
+{
+    static PtrShell_NotifyIconGetRect Shell_NotifyIconGetRect =
+        (PtrShell_NotifyIconGetRect)QSystemLibrary::resolve(QLatin1String("shell32"), "Shell_NotifyIconGetRect");
+
+    if (Shell_NotifyIconGetRect) {
+        Q_NOTIFYICONIDENTIFIER nid;
+        memset(&nid, 0, sizeof(nid));
+        nid.cbSize = sizeof(nid);
+        nid.hWnd = winId();
+        nid.uID = iconId;
+
+        RECT rect;
+        HRESULT hr = Shell_NotifyIconGetRect(&nid, &rect);
+        if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+            return QRect(rect.left, rect.top, rect.right - rect.left, rect.bottom - rect.top);
+        }
+    }
+
+    QRect ret;
+
+    TBBUTTON buttonData;
+    DWORD processID = 0;
+    HWND trayHandle = FindWindow(L"Shell_TrayWnd", NULL);
+
+    //find the toolbar used in the notification area
+    if (trayHandle) {
+        trayHandle = FindWindowEx(trayHandle, NULL, L"TrayNotifyWnd", NULL);
+        if (trayHandle) {
+            HWND hwnd = FindWindowEx(trayHandle, NULL, L"SysPager", NULL);
+            if (hwnd) {
+                hwnd = FindWindowEx(hwnd, NULL, L"ToolbarWindow32", NULL);
+                if (hwnd)
+                    trayHandle = hwnd;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!trayHandle)
+        return ret;
+
+    GetWindowThreadProcessId(trayHandle, &processID);
+    if (processID <= 0)
+        return ret;
+
+    HANDLE trayProcess = OpenProcess(PROCESS_VM_OPERATION | PROCESS_VM_READ, 0, processID);
+    if (!trayProcess)
+        return ret;
+
+    int buttonCount = SendMessage(trayHandle, TB_BUTTONCOUNT, 0, 0);
+    LPVOID data = VirtualAllocEx(trayProcess, NULL, sizeof(TBBUTTON), MEM_COMMIT, PAGE_READWRITE);
+
+    if ( buttonCount < 1 || !data ) {
+        CloseHandle(trayProcess);
+        return ret;
+    }
+
+    //search for our icon among all toolbar buttons
+    for (int toolbarButton = 0; toolbarButton  < buttonCount; ++toolbarButton ) {
+        SIZE_T numBytes = 0;
+        DWORD appData[2] = { 0, 0 };
+        SendMessage(trayHandle, TB_GETBUTTON, toolbarButton , (LPARAM)data);
+
+        if (!ReadProcessMemory(trayProcess, data, &buttonData, sizeof(TBBUTTON), &numBytes))
+            continue;
+
+        if (!ReadProcessMemory(trayProcess, (LPVOID) buttonData.dwData, appData, sizeof(appData), &numBytes))
+            continue;
+
+        int currentIconId = appData[1];
+        HWND currentIconHandle = (HWND) appData[0];
+        bool isHidden = buttonData.fsState & TBSTATE_HIDDEN;
+
+        if (currentIconHandle == winId() &&
+            currentIconId == iconId && !isHidden) {
+            SendMessage(trayHandle, TB_GETITEMRECT, toolbarButton , (LPARAM)data);
+            RECT iconRect = {0, 0};
+            if(ReadProcessMemory(trayProcess, data, &iconRect, sizeof(RECT), &numBytes)) {
+                MapWindowPoints(trayHandle, NULL, (LPPOINT)&iconRect, 2);
+                QRect geometry(iconRect.left + 1, iconRect.top + 1,
+                                iconRect.right - iconRect.left - 2,
+                                iconRect.bottom - iconRect.top - 2);
+                if (geometry.isValid())
+                    ret = geometry;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    VirtualFreeEx(trayProcess, data, 0, MEM_RELEASE);
+    CloseHandle(trayProcess);
+    return ret;
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::showMessage_sys(const QString &title, const QString &message, QSystemTrayIcon::MessageIcon type, int timeOut)
+{
+    if (!sys || !allowsMessages())
+        return;
+
+    uint uSecs = 0;
+    if ( timeOut < 0)
+        uSecs = 10000; //10 sec default
+    else uSecs = (int)timeOut;
+
+    //message is limited to 255 chars + NULL
+    QString messageString;
+    if (message.isEmpty() && !title.isEmpty())
+        messageString = QLatin1Char(' '); //ensures that the message shows when only title is set
+    else
+        messageString = message.left(255) + QChar();
+
+    //title is limited to 63 chars + NULL
+    QString titleString = title.left(63) + QChar();
+
+    sys->showMessage(titleString, messageString, type, uSecs);
+}
+
+QRect QSystemTrayIconPrivate::geometry_sys() const
+{
+    if (!sys)
+        return QRect();
+
+    return sys->findIconGeometry(q_uNOTIFYICONID);
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::remove_sys()
+{
+    if (!sys)
+        return;
+
+    sys->trayMessage(NIM_DELETE);
+    delete sys;
+    sys = 0;
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::updateIcon_sys()
+{
+    if (!sys)
+        return;
+
+    HICON hIconToDestroy = sys->hIcon;
+
+    sys->createIcon();
+    sys->trayMessage(NIM_MODIFY);
+
+    if (hIconToDestroy)
+        DestroyIcon(hIconToDestroy);
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::updateMenu_sys()
+{
+
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::updateToolTip_sys()
+{
+    if (!sys)
+        return;
+
+    sys->trayMessage(NIM_MODIFY);
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconPrivate::isSystemTrayAvailable_sys()
+{
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconPrivate::supportsMessages_sys()
+{
+    return allowsMessages();
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_wince.cpp b/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_wince.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..85a34bbe25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_wince.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsystemtrayicon_p.h"
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMTRAYICON
+#define _WIN32_IE 0x0600 //required for NOTIFYICONDATA_V2_SIZE
+
+#include <qt_windows.h>
+#include <shlwapi.h>
+#include <QApplication>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+static const UINT q_uNOTIFYICONID = 13;     // IDs from 0 to 12 are reserved on WinCE.
+#define MYWM_NOTIFYICON (WM_APP+101)
+
+struct Q_NOTIFYICONIDENTIFIER {
+    DWORD cbSize;
+    HWND hWnd;
+    UINT uID;
+    GUID guidItem;
+};
+
+class QSystemTrayIconSys : QWidget
+{
+public:
+    QSystemTrayIconSys(QSystemTrayIcon *object);
+    ~QSystemTrayIconSys();
+    bool winEvent( MSG *m, long *result );
+    bool trayMessage(DWORD msg);
+    void setIconContents(NOTIFYICONDATA &data);
+    void createIcon();
+    QRect findTrayGeometry();
+    HICON hIcon;
+    QPoint globalPos;
+    QSystemTrayIcon *q;
+private:
+    uint notifyIconSize;
+    int maxTipLength;
+    bool ignoreNextMouseRelease;
+};
+
+QSystemTrayIconSys::QSystemTrayIconSys(QSystemTrayIcon *object)
+    : hIcon(0), q(object), ignoreNextMouseRelease(false)
+
+{
+    notifyIconSize = FIELD_OFFSET(NOTIFYICONDATA, szTip[64]); // NOTIFYICONDATAW_V1_SIZE;
+    maxTipLength = 64;
+}
+
+QSystemTrayIconSys::~QSystemTrayIconSys()
+{
+    if (hIcon)
+        DestroyIcon(hIcon);
+}
+
+QRect QSystemTrayIconSys::findTrayGeometry()
+{
+    // Use lower right corner as fallback
+    QPoint brCorner = qApp->desktop()->screenGeometry().bottomRight();
+    QRect ret(brCorner.x() - 10, brCorner.y() - 10, 10, 10);
+    return ret;
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconSys::setIconContents(NOTIFYICONDATA &tnd)
+{
+    tnd.uFlags = NIF_MESSAGE | NIF_ICON | NIF_TIP;
+    tnd.uCallbackMessage = MYWM_NOTIFYICON;
+    tnd.hIcon = hIcon;
+    QString tip = q->toolTip();
+
+    if (!tip.isNull()) {
+        tip = tip.left(maxTipLength - 1) + QChar();
+        memcpy(tnd.szTip, tip.utf16(), qMin(tip.length() + 1, maxTipLength) * sizeof(wchar_t));
+    }
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconSys::trayMessage(DWORD msg)
+{
+    NOTIFYICONDATA tnd;
+    memset(&tnd, 0, notifyIconSize);
+    tnd.uID = q_uNOTIFYICONID;
+    tnd.cbSize = notifyIconSize;
+    tnd.hWnd = winId();
+
+    Q_ASSERT(testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created));
+
+    if (msg != NIM_DELETE) {
+        setIconContents(tnd);
+    }
+
+    return Shell_NotifyIcon(msg, &tnd);
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconSys::createIcon()
+{
+    hIcon = 0;
+    QIcon icon = q->icon();
+    if (icon.isNull())
+        return;
+
+    //const QSize preferredSize(GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSMICON) * 2, GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSMICON) * 2);
+    const QSize preferredSize(GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXICON), GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYICON));
+    QPixmap pm = icon.pixmap(preferredSize);
+    if (pm.isNull())
+        return;
+
+    hIcon = pm.toWinHICON();
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconSys::winEvent( MSG *m, long *result )
+{
+    switch(m->message) {
+    case WM_CREATE:
+        SetWindowLong(winId(), GWL_USERDATA, (LONG)((CREATESTRUCTW*)m->lParam)->lpCreateParams);
+        break;
+
+    case MYWM_NOTIFYICON:
+        {
+            QPoint gpos = QCursor::pos();
+
+            switch (m->lParam) {
+            case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+                if (ignoreNextMouseRelease)
+                    ignoreNextMouseRelease = false;
+                else
+                    emit q->activated(QSystemTrayIcon::Trigger);
+                break;
+
+            case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
+                ignoreNextMouseRelease = true; // Since DBLCLICK Generates a second mouse 
+                                               // release we must ignore it
+                emit q->activated(QSystemTrayIcon::DoubleClick);
+                break;
+
+            case WM_RBUTTONUP:
+                if (q->contextMenu()) {
+                    q->contextMenu()->popup(gpos);
+
+                    // We must ensure that the popup menu doesn't show up behind the task bar.
+                    QRect desktopRect = qApp->desktop()->availableGeometry();
+                    int maxY = desktopRect.y() + desktopRect.height() - q->contextMenu()->height();
+                    if (gpos.y() > maxY) {
+                        gpos.ry() = maxY;
+                        q->contextMenu()->move(gpos);
+                    }
+                }
+                emit q->activated(QSystemTrayIcon::Context);
+                break;
+
+            case WM_MBUTTONUP:
+                emit q->activated(QSystemTrayIcon::MiddleClick);
+                break;
+
+            default:
+                break;
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+    default:
+        return QWidget::winEvent(m, result);
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::install_sys()
+{
+    Q_Q(QSystemTrayIcon);
+    if (!sys) {
+        sys = new QSystemTrayIconSys(q);
+        sys->createIcon();
+        sys->trayMessage(NIM_ADD);
+    }
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::showMessage_sys(const QString &title, const QString &message, QSystemTrayIcon::MessageIcon type, int timeOut)
+{
+    if (!sys)
+        return;
+
+    uint uSecs = 0;
+    if ( timeOut < 0)
+        uSecs = 10000; //10 sec default
+    else uSecs = (int)timeOut;
+
+    //message is limited to 255 chars + NULL
+    QString messageString;
+    if (message.isEmpty() && !title.isEmpty())
+        messageString = QLatin1Char(' '); //ensures that the message shows when only title is set
+    else
+        messageString = message.left(255) + QChar();
+
+    //title is limited to 63 chars + NULL
+    QString titleString = title.left(63) + QChar();
+
+    //show QBalloonTip
+    QRect trayRect = sys->findTrayGeometry();
+    QBalloonTip::showBalloon(type, title, message, sys->q, QPoint(trayRect.left(),
+                             trayRect.center().y()), uSecs, false);
+}
+
+QRect QSystemTrayIconPrivate::geometry_sys() const
+{
+    return QRect();
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::remove_sys()
+{
+    if (!sys)
+        return;
+
+    sys->trayMessage(NIM_DELETE);
+    delete sys;
+    sys = 0;
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::updateIcon_sys()
+{
+    if (!sys)
+        return;
+
+    HICON hIconToDestroy = sys->hIcon;
+
+    sys->createIcon();
+    sys->trayMessage(NIM_MODIFY);
+
+    if (hIconToDestroy)
+        DestroyIcon(hIconToDestroy);
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::updateMenu_sys()
+{
+
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::updateToolTip_sys()
+{
+    // Calling sys->trayMessage(NIM_MODIFY) on an existing icon is broken on Windows CE.
+    // So we need to call updateIcon_sys() which creates a new icon handle.
+    updateIcon_sys();
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconPrivate::isSystemTrayAvailable_sys()
+{
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconPrivate::supportsMessages_sys()
+{
+    return true;
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_x11.cpp b/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..694746c834
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qsystemtrayicon_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "private/qt_x11_p.h"
+#include "qlabel.h"
+#include "qx11info_x11.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qpixmap.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qevent.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qlist.h"
+#include "qmenu.h"
+#include "qtimer.h"
+#include "qsystemtrayicon_p.h"
+#include "qpaintengine.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMTRAYICON
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+Window QSystemTrayIconSys::sysTrayWindow = XNone;
+QList<QSystemTrayIconSys *> QSystemTrayIconSys::trayIcons;
+QCoreApplication::EventFilter QSystemTrayIconSys::oldEventFilter = 0;
+Atom QSystemTrayIconSys::sysTraySelection = XNone;
+XVisualInfo QSystemTrayIconSys::sysTrayVisual = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
+
+// Locate the system tray
+Window QSystemTrayIconSys::locateSystemTray()
+{
+    Display *display = QX11Info::display();
+    if (sysTraySelection == XNone) {
+        int screen = QX11Info::appScreen();
+        QString net_sys_tray = QString::fromLatin1("_NET_SYSTEM_TRAY_S%1").arg(screen);
+        sysTraySelection = XInternAtom(display, net_sys_tray.toLatin1(), False);
+    }
+
+    return XGetSelectionOwner(QX11Info::display(), sysTraySelection);
+}
+
+XVisualInfo* QSystemTrayIconSys::getSysTrayVisualInfo()
+{
+    Display *display = QX11Info::display();
+
+    if (!sysTrayVisual.visual) {
+        Window win = locateSystemTray();
+        if (win != XNone) {
+            Atom actual_type;
+            int actual_format;
+            ulong nitems, bytes_remaining;
+            uchar *data = 0;
+            int result = XGetWindowProperty(display, win, ATOM(_NET_SYSTEM_TRAY_VISUAL), 0, 1,
+                                            False, XA_VISUALID, &actual_type,
+                                            &actual_format, &nitems, &bytes_remaining, &data);
+            VisualID vid = 0;
+            if (result == Success && data && actual_type == XA_VISUALID && actual_format == 32 &&
+                nitems == 1 && bytes_remaining == 0)
+                vid = *(VisualID*)data;
+            if (data)
+                XFree(data);
+            if (vid == 0)
+                return 0;
+
+            uint mask = VisualIDMask;
+            XVisualInfo *vi, rvi;
+            int count;
+            rvi.visualid = vid;
+            vi = XGetVisualInfo(display, mask, &rvi, &count);
+            if (vi) {
+                sysTrayVisual = vi[0];
+                XFree((char*)vi);
+            }
+            if (sysTrayVisual.depth != 32)
+                memset(&sysTrayVisual, 0, sizeof(sysTrayVisual));
+        }
+    }
+
+    return sysTrayVisual.visual ? &sysTrayVisual : 0;
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconSys::sysTrayTracker(void *message, long *result)
+{
+    bool retval = false;
+    if (QSystemTrayIconSys::oldEventFilter)
+        retval = QSystemTrayIconSys::oldEventFilter(message, result);
+
+    if (trayIcons.isEmpty())
+        return retval;
+
+    Display *display = QX11Info::display();
+    XEvent *ev = (XEvent *)message;
+    if  (ev->type == DestroyNotify && ev->xany.window == sysTrayWindow) {
+	sysTrayWindow = locateSystemTray();
+        memset(&sysTrayVisual, 0, sizeof(sysTrayVisual));
+        for (int i = 0; i < trayIcons.count(); i++) {
+            if (sysTrayWindow == XNone) {
+	        QBalloonTip::hideBalloon();
+                trayIcons[i]->hide(); // still no luck
+                trayIcons[i]->destroy();
+                trayIcons[i]->create();
+	    } else
+                trayIcons[i]->addToTray(); // add it to the new tray
+        }
+        retval = true;
+    } else if (ev->type == ClientMessage && sysTrayWindow == XNone) {
+        static Atom manager_atom = XInternAtom(display, "MANAGER", False);
+        XClientMessageEvent *cm = (XClientMessageEvent *)message;
+        if ((cm->message_type == manager_atom) && ((Atom)cm->data.l[1] == sysTraySelection)) {
+	    sysTrayWindow = cm->data.l[2];
+            memset(&sysTrayVisual, 0, sizeof(sysTrayVisual));
+	    XSelectInput(display, sysTrayWindow, StructureNotifyMask);
+            for (int i = 0; i < trayIcons.count(); i++) {
+                trayIcons[i]->addToTray();
+            }
+            retval = true;
+        }
+    } else if (ev->type == PropertyNotify && ev->xproperty.atom == ATOM(_NET_SYSTEM_TRAY_VISUAL) &&
+               ev->xproperty.window == sysTrayWindow) {
+        memset(&sysTrayVisual, 0, sizeof(sysTrayVisual));
+        for (int i = 0; i < trayIcons.count(); i++) {
+            trayIcons[i]->addToTray();
+        }
+    }
+
+    return retval;
+}
+
+QSystemTrayIconSys::QSystemTrayIconSys(QSystemTrayIcon *q)
+    : QWidget(0, Qt::FramelessWindowHint | Qt::X11BypassWindowManagerHint),
+      q(q), colormap(0)
+{
+    setAttribute(Qt::WA_AlwaysShowToolTips);
+    setAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose, false);
+    setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground, true);
+    setAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen);
+
+    static bool eventFilterAdded = false;
+    Display *display = QX11Info::display();
+    if (!eventFilterAdded) {
+        oldEventFilter = qApp->setEventFilter(sysTrayTracker);
+	eventFilterAdded = true;
+	Window root = QX11Info::appRootWindow();
+        XWindowAttributes attr;
+        XGetWindowAttributes(display, root, &attr);
+        if ((attr.your_event_mask & StructureNotifyMask) != StructureNotifyMask) {
+            (void) QApplication::desktop(); // lame trick to ensure our event mask is not overridden
+            XSelectInput(display, root, attr.your_event_mask | StructureNotifyMask); // for MANAGER selection
+        }
+    }
+    if (trayIcons.isEmpty()) {
+        sysTrayWindow = locateSystemTray();
+	if (sysTrayWindow != XNone)
+	    XSelectInput(display, sysTrayWindow, StructureNotifyMask); // track tray events
+    }
+    trayIcons.append(this);
+    setMouseTracking(true);
+#ifndef QT_NO_TOOLTIP
+    setToolTip(q->toolTip());
+#endif
+    if (sysTrayWindow != XNone)
+        addToTray();
+}
+
+QSystemTrayIconSys::~QSystemTrayIconSys()
+{
+    trayIcons.removeAt(trayIcons.indexOf(this));
+    Display *display = QX11Info::display();
+    if (trayIcons.isEmpty()) {
+        if (sysTrayWindow == XNone)
+            return;
+        if (display)
+            XSelectInput(display, sysTrayWindow, 0); // stop tracking the tray
+        sysTrayWindow = XNone;
+    }
+    if (colormap)
+        XFreeColormap(display, colormap);
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconSys::addToTray()
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(sysTrayWindow != XNone);
+    Display *display = QX11Info::display();
+
+    XVisualInfo *vi = getSysTrayVisualInfo();
+    if (vi && vi->visual) {
+        Window root = RootWindow(display, vi->screen);
+        Window p = root;
+        if (QWidget *pw = parentWidget())
+            p = pw->effectiveWinId();
+        colormap = XCreateColormap(display, root, vi->visual, AllocNone);
+        XSetWindowAttributes wsa;
+        wsa.background_pixmap = 0;
+        wsa.colormap = colormap;
+        wsa.background_pixel = 0;
+        wsa.border_pixel = 0;
+        Window wid = XCreateWindow(display, p, -1, -1, 1, 1,
+                                   0, vi->depth, InputOutput, vi->visual,
+                                   CWBackPixmap|CWBackPixel|CWBorderPixel|CWColormap, &wsa);
+        create(wid);
+    } else {
+        XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap(display, winId(), ParentRelative);
+    }
+
+    // GNOME, NET WM Specification
+    static Atom netwm_tray_atom = XInternAtom(display, "_NET_SYSTEM_TRAY_OPCODE", False);
+    long l[5] = { CurrentTime, SYSTEM_TRAY_REQUEST_DOCK, winId(), 0, 0 };
+    XEvent ev;
+    memset(&ev, 0, sizeof(ev));
+    ev.xclient.type = ClientMessage;
+    ev.xclient.window = sysTrayWindow;
+    ev.xclient.message_type = netwm_tray_atom;
+    ev.xclient.format = 32;
+    memcpy((char *)&ev.xclient.data, (const char *) l, sizeof(l));
+    XSendEvent(display, sysTrayWindow, False, 0, &ev);
+    setMinimumSize(22, 22); // required at least on GNOME
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconSys::updateIcon()
+{
+    update();
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconSys::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *re)
+{
+     QWidget::resizeEvent(re);
+     updateIcon();
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconSys::paintEvent(QPaintEvent*)
+{
+    QPainter p(this);
+    if (!getSysTrayVisualInfo()) {
+        const QRegion oldSystemClip = p.paintEngine()->systemClip();
+        const QRect clearedRect = oldSystemClip.boundingRect();
+        XClearArea(QX11Info::display(), winId(), clearedRect.x(), clearedRect.y(),
+                   clearedRect.width(), clearedRect.height(), False);
+        QPaintEngine *pe = p.paintEngine();
+        pe->setSystemClip(clearedRect);
+        q->icon().paint(&p, rect());
+        pe->setSystemClip(oldSystemClip);
+    } else {
+        p.setCompositionMode(QPainter::CompositionMode_Source);
+        p.fillRect(rect(), Qt::transparent);
+        p.setCompositionMode(QPainter::CompositionMode_SourceOver);
+        q->icon().paint(&p, rect());
+    }
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconSys::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *ev)
+{
+    QPoint globalPos = ev->globalPos();
+    if (ev->button() == Qt::RightButton && q->contextMenu())
+        q->contextMenu()->popup(globalPos);
+
+    if (QBalloonTip::isBalloonVisible()) {
+        emit q->messageClicked();
+        QBalloonTip::hideBalloon();
+    }
+
+    if (ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton)
+        emit q->activated(QSystemTrayIcon::Trigger);
+    else if (ev->button() == Qt::RightButton)
+        emit q->activated(QSystemTrayIcon::Context);
+    else if (ev->button() == Qt::MidButton)
+        emit q->activated(QSystemTrayIcon::MiddleClick);
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconSys::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *ev)
+{
+    if (ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton)
+        emit q->activated(QSystemTrayIcon::DoubleClick);
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+void QSystemTrayIconSys::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *e)
+{
+    QApplication::sendEvent(q, e);
+}
+#endif
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconSys::event(QEvent *e)
+{
+    if (e->type() == QEvent::ToolTip) {
+        return QApplication::sendEvent(q, e);
+    }
+    return QWidget::event(e);
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconSys::x11Event(XEvent *event)
+{
+    if (event->type == ReparentNotify)
+        show();
+    return QWidget::x11Event(event);
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::install_sys()
+{
+    Q_Q(QSystemTrayIcon);
+    if (!sys)
+        sys = new QSystemTrayIconSys(q);
+}
+
+QRect QSystemTrayIconPrivate::geometry_sys() const
+{
+    if (!sys)
+	return QRect();
+    return QRect(sys->mapToGlobal(QPoint(0, 0)), sys->size());
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::remove_sys()
+{
+    if (!sys)
+        return;
+    QBalloonTip::hideBalloon();
+    sys->hide(); // this should do the trick, but...
+    delete sys; // wm may resize system tray only for DestroyEvents
+    sys = 0;
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::updateIcon_sys()
+{
+    if (!sys)
+        return;
+    sys->updateIcon();
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::updateMenu_sys()
+{
+
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::updateToolTip_sys()
+{
+    if (!sys)
+        return;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TOOLTIP
+    sys->setToolTip(toolTip);
+#endif
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconPrivate::isSystemTrayAvailable_sys()
+{
+    return QSystemTrayIconSys::locateSystemTray() != XNone;
+}
+
+bool QSystemTrayIconPrivate::supportsMessages_sys()
+{
+    return true;
+}
+
+void QSystemTrayIconPrivate::showMessage_sys(const QString &message, const QString &title,
+                                   QSystemTrayIcon::MessageIcon icon, int msecs)
+{
+    if (!sys)
+        return;
+    QPoint g = sys->mapToGlobal(QPoint(0, 0));
+    QBalloonTip::showBalloon(icon, message, title, sys->q,
+                             QPoint(g.x() + sys->width()/2, g.y() + sys->height()/2),
+                             msecs);
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+#endif //QT_NO_SYSTEMTRAYICON
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qundogroup.cpp b/src/widgets/util/qundogroup.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..42cda7462a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qundogroup.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,499 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qundogroup.h"
+#include "qundostack.h"
+#include "qundostack_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QUndoGroupPrivate : public QObjectPrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QUndoGroup)
+public:
+    QUndoGroupPrivate() : active(0) {}
+
+    QUndoStack *active;
+    QList<QUndoStack*> stack_list;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class QUndoGroup
+    \brief The QUndoGroup class is a group of QUndoStack objects.
+    \since 4.2
+
+    For an overview of the Qt's undo framework, see the
+    \link qundo.html overview\endlink.
+
+    An application often has multiple undo stacks, one for each opened document. At the
+    same time, an application usually has one undo action and one redo action, which
+    triggers undo or redo in the active document.
+
+    QUndoGroup is a group of QUndoStack objects, one of which may be active. It has
+    an undo() and redo() slot, which calls QUndoStack::undo() and QUndoStack::redo()
+    for the active stack. It also has the functions createUndoAction() and createRedoAction().
+    The actions returned by these functions behave in the same way as those returned by
+    QUndoStack::createUndoAction() and QUndoStack::createRedoAction() of the active
+    stack.
+
+    Stacks are added to a group with addStack() and removed with removeStack(). A stack
+    is implicitly added to a group when it is created with the group as its parent
+    QObject.
+
+    It is the programmer's responsibility to specify which stack is active by
+    calling QUndoStack::setActive(), usually when the associated document window receives focus.
+    The active stack may also be set with setActiveStack(), and is returned by activeStack().
+
+    When a stack is added to a group using addStack(), the group does not take ownership
+    of the stack. This means the stack has to be deleted separately from the group. When
+    a stack is deleted, it is automatically removed from a group. A stack may belong to
+    only one group. Adding it to another group will cause it to be removed from the previous
+    group.
+
+    A QUndoGroup is also useful in conjunction with QUndoView. If a QUndoView is
+    set to watch a group using QUndoView::setGroup(), it will update itself to display
+    the active stack.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Creates an empty QUndoGroup object with parent \a parent.
+
+    \sa addStack()
+*/
+
+QUndoGroup::QUndoGroup(QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(*new QUndoGroupPrivate(), parent)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QUndoGroup.
+*/
+QUndoGroup::~QUndoGroup()
+{
+    // Ensure all QUndoStacks no longer refer to this group.
+    Q_D(QUndoGroup);
+    QList<QUndoStack *>::iterator it = d->stack_list.begin();
+    QList<QUndoStack *>::iterator end = d->stack_list.end();
+    while (it != end) {
+        (*it)->d_func()->group = 0;
+        ++it;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds \a stack to this group. The group does not take ownership of the stack. Another
+    way of adding a stack to a group is by specifying the group as the stack's parent
+    QObject in QUndoStack::QUndoStack(). In this case, the stack is deleted when the
+    group is deleted, in the usual manner of QObjects.
+
+    \sa removeStack() stacks() QUndoStack::QUndoStack()
+*/
+
+void QUndoGroup::addStack(QUndoStack *stack)
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoGroup);
+
+    if (d->stack_list.contains(stack))
+        return;
+    d->stack_list.append(stack);
+
+    if (QUndoGroup *other = stack->d_func()->group)
+        other->removeStack(stack);
+    stack->d_func()->group = this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes \a stack from this group. If the stack was the active stack in the group,
+    the active stack becomes 0.
+
+    \sa addStack() stacks() QUndoStack::~QUndoStack()
+*/
+
+void QUndoGroup::removeStack(QUndoStack *stack)
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoGroup);
+
+    if (d->stack_list.removeAll(stack) == 0)
+        return;
+    if (stack == d->active)
+        setActiveStack(0);
+    stack->d_func()->group = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of stacks in this group.
+
+    \sa addStack() removeStack()
+*/
+
+QList<QUndoStack*> QUndoGroup::stacks() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoGroup);
+    return d->stack_list;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the active stack of this group to \a stack.
+
+    If the stack is not a member of this group, this function does nothing.
+
+    Synonymous with calling QUndoStack::setActive() on \a stack.
+
+    The actions returned by createUndoAction() and createRedoAction() will now behave
+    in the same way as those returned by \a stack's QUndoStack::createUndoAction()
+    and QUndoStack::createRedoAction().
+
+    \sa QUndoStack::setActive() activeStack()
+*/
+
+void QUndoGroup::setActiveStack(QUndoStack *stack)
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoGroup);
+    if (d->active == stack)
+        return;
+
+    if (d->active != 0) {
+        disconnect(d->active, SIGNAL(canUndoChanged(bool)),
+                    this, SIGNAL(canUndoChanged(bool)));
+        disconnect(d->active, SIGNAL(undoTextChanged(QString)),
+                    this, SIGNAL(undoTextChanged(QString)));
+        disconnect(d->active, SIGNAL(canRedoChanged(bool)),
+                    this, SIGNAL(canRedoChanged(bool)));
+        disconnect(d->active, SIGNAL(redoTextChanged(QString)),
+                    this, SIGNAL(redoTextChanged(QString)));
+        disconnect(d->active, SIGNAL(indexChanged(int)),
+                    this, SIGNAL(indexChanged(int)));
+        disconnect(d->active, SIGNAL(cleanChanged(bool)),
+                    this, SIGNAL(cleanChanged(bool)));
+    }
+
+    d->active = stack;
+
+    if (d->active == 0) {
+        emit canUndoChanged(false);
+        emit undoTextChanged(QString());
+        emit canRedoChanged(false);
+        emit redoTextChanged(QString());
+        emit cleanChanged(true);
+        emit indexChanged(0);
+    } else {
+        connect(d->active, SIGNAL(canUndoChanged(bool)),
+                this, SIGNAL(canUndoChanged(bool)));
+        connect(d->active, SIGNAL(undoTextChanged(QString)),
+                this, SIGNAL(undoTextChanged(QString)));
+        connect(d->active, SIGNAL(canRedoChanged(bool)),
+                this, SIGNAL(canRedoChanged(bool)));
+        connect(d->active, SIGNAL(redoTextChanged(QString)),
+                this, SIGNAL(redoTextChanged(QString)));
+        connect(d->active, SIGNAL(indexChanged(int)),
+                this, SIGNAL(indexChanged(int)));
+        connect(d->active, SIGNAL(cleanChanged(bool)),
+                this, SIGNAL(cleanChanged(bool)));
+        emit canUndoChanged(d->active->canUndo());
+        emit undoTextChanged(d->active->undoText());
+        emit canRedoChanged(d->active->canRedo());
+        emit redoTextChanged(d->active->redoText());
+        emit cleanChanged(d->active->isClean());
+        emit indexChanged(d->active->index());
+    }
+
+    emit activeStackChanged(d->active);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the active stack of this group.
+
+    If none of the stacks are active, or if the group is empty, this function
+    returns 0.
+
+    \sa setActiveStack() QUndoStack::setActive()
+*/
+
+QUndoStack *QUndoGroup::activeStack() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoGroup);
+    return d->active;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Calls QUndoStack::undo() on the active stack.
+
+    If none of the stacks are active, or if the group is empty, this function
+    does nothing.
+
+    \sa redo() canUndo() setActiveStack()
+*/
+
+void QUndoGroup::undo()
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoGroup);
+    if (d->active != 0)
+        d->active->undo();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Calls QUndoStack::redo() on the active stack.
+
+    If none of the stacks are active, or if the group is empty, this function
+    does nothing.
+
+    \sa undo() canRedo() setActiveStack()
+*/
+
+
+void QUndoGroup::redo()
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoGroup);
+    if (d->active != 0)
+        d->active->redo();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the value of the active stack's QUndoStack::canUndo().
+
+    If none of the stacks are active, or if the group is empty, this function
+    returns false.
+
+    \sa canRedo() setActiveStack()
+*/
+
+bool QUndoGroup::canUndo() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoGroup);
+    return d->active != 0 && d->active->canUndo();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the value of the active stack's QUndoStack::canRedo().
+
+    If none of the stacks are active, or if the group is empty, this function
+    returns false.
+
+    \sa canUndo() setActiveStack()
+*/
+
+bool QUndoGroup::canRedo() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoGroup);
+    return d->active != 0 && d->active->canRedo();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the value of the active stack's QUndoStack::undoText().
+
+    If none of the stacks are active, or if the group is empty, this function
+    returns an empty string.
+
+    \sa redoText() setActiveStack()
+*/
+
+QString QUndoGroup::undoText() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoGroup);
+    return d->active == 0 ? QString() : d->active->undoText();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the value of the active stack's QUndoStack::redoText().
+
+    If none of the stacks are active, or if the group is empty, this function
+    returns an empty string.
+
+    \sa undoText() setActiveStack()
+*/
+
+QString QUndoGroup::redoText() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoGroup);
+    return d->active == 0 ? QString() : d->active->redoText();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the value of the active stack's QUndoStack::isClean().
+
+    If none of the stacks are active, or if the group is empty, this function
+    returns true.
+
+    \sa setActiveStack()
+*/
+
+bool QUndoGroup::isClean() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoGroup);
+    return d->active == 0 || d->active->isClean();
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
+
+/*!
+    Creates an undo QAction object with parent \a parent.
+
+    Triggering this action will cause a call to QUndoStack::undo() on the active stack.
+    The text of this action will always be the text of the command which will be undone
+    in the next call to undo(), prefixed by \a prefix. If there is no command available
+    for undo, if the group is empty or if none of the stacks are active, this action will
+    be disabled.
+
+    If \a prefix is empty, the default prefix "Undo" is used.
+
+    \sa createRedoAction() canUndo() QUndoCommand::text()
+*/
+
+QAction *QUndoGroup::createUndoAction(QObject *parent, const QString &prefix) const
+{
+    QString pref = prefix.isEmpty() ? tr("Undo") : prefix;
+    QUndoAction *result = new QUndoAction(pref, parent);
+    result->setEnabled(canUndo());
+    result->setPrefixedText(undoText());
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(canUndoChanged(bool)),
+            result, SLOT(setEnabled(bool)));
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(undoTextChanged(QString)),
+            result, SLOT(setPrefixedText(QString)));
+    connect(result, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(undo()));
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Creates an redo QAction object with parent \a parent.
+
+    Triggering this action will cause a call to QUndoStack::redo() on the active stack.
+    The text of this action will always be the text of the command which will be redone
+    in the next call to redo(), prefixed by \a prefix. If there is no command available
+    for redo, if the group is empty or if none of the stacks are active, this action will
+    be disabled.
+
+    If \a prefix is empty, the default prefix "Undo" is used.
+
+    \sa createUndoAction() canRedo() QUndoCommand::text()
+*/
+
+QAction *QUndoGroup::createRedoAction(QObject *parent, const QString &prefix) const
+{
+    QString pref = prefix.isEmpty() ? tr("Redo") : prefix;
+    QUndoAction *result = new QUndoAction(pref, parent);
+    result->setEnabled(canRedo());
+    result->setPrefixedText(redoText());
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(canRedoChanged(bool)),
+            result, SLOT(setEnabled(bool)));
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(redoTextChanged(QString)),
+            result, SLOT(setPrefixedText(QString)));
+    connect(result, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(redo()));
+    return result;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_ACTION
+
+/*! \fn void QUndoGroup::activeStackChanged(QUndoStack *stack)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the active stack of the group changes. This can happen
+    when setActiveStack() or QUndoStack::setActive() is called, or when the active stack
+    is removed form the group. \a stack is the new active stack. If no stack is active,
+    \a stack is 0.
+
+    \sa setActiveStack() QUndoStack::setActive()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QUndoGroup::indexChanged(int idx)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the active stack emits QUndoStack::indexChanged()
+    or the active stack changes.
+
+    \a idx is the new current index, or 0 if the active stack is 0.
+
+    \sa QUndoStack::indexChanged() setActiveStack()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QUndoGroup::cleanChanged(bool clean)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the active stack emits QUndoStack::cleanChanged()
+    or the active stack changes.
+
+    \a clean is the new state, or true if the active stack is 0.
+
+    \sa QUndoStack::cleanChanged() setActiveStack()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QUndoGroup::canUndoChanged(bool canUndo)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the active stack emits QUndoStack::canUndoChanged()
+    or the active stack changes.
+
+    \a canUndo is the new state, or false if the active stack is 0.
+
+    \sa QUndoStack::canUndoChanged() setActiveStack()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QUndoGroup::canRedoChanged(bool canRedo)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the active stack emits QUndoStack::canRedoChanged()
+    or the active stack changes.
+
+    \a canRedo is the new state, or false if the active stack is 0.
+
+    \sa QUndoStack::canRedoChanged() setActiveStack()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QUndoGroup::undoTextChanged(const QString &undoText)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the active stack emits QUndoStack::undoTextChanged()
+    or the active stack changes.
+
+    \a undoText is the new state, or an empty string if the active stack is 0.
+
+    \sa QUndoStack::undoTextChanged() setActiveStack()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QUndoGroup::redoTextChanged(const QString &redoText)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the active stack emits QUndoStack::redoTextChanged()
+    or the active stack changes.
+
+    \a redoText is the new state, or an empty string if the active stack is 0.
+
+    \sa QUndoStack::redoTextChanged() setActiveStack()
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qundogroup.h b/src/widgets/util/qundogroup.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ed79a9c81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qundogroup.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QUNDOGROUP_H
+#define QUNDOGROUP_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+#include <QtCore/qstring.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QUndoGroupPrivate;
+class QUndoStack;
+class QAction;
+
+QT_MODULE(Gui)
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+
+class Q_GUI_EXPORT QUndoGroup : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QUndoGroup)
+
+public:
+    explicit QUndoGroup(QObject *parent = 0);
+    ~QUndoGroup();
+
+    void addStack(QUndoStack *stack);
+    void removeStack(QUndoStack *stack);
+    QList<QUndoStack*> stacks() const;
+    QUndoStack *activeStack() const;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
+    QAction *createUndoAction(QObject *parent,
+                                const QString &prefix = QString()) const;
+    QAction *createRedoAction(QObject *parent,
+                                const QString &prefix = QString()) const;
+#endif // QT_NO_ACTION
+    bool canUndo() const;
+    bool canRedo() const;
+    QString undoText() const;
+    QString redoText() const;
+    bool isClean() const;
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    void undo();
+    void redo();
+    void setActiveStack(QUndoStack *stack);
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void activeStackChanged(QUndoStack *stack);
+    void indexChanged(int idx);
+    void cleanChanged(bool clean);
+    void canUndoChanged(bool canUndo);
+    void canRedoChanged(bool canRedo);
+    void undoTextChanged(const QString &undoText);
+    void redoTextChanged(const QString &redoText);
+
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QUndoGroup)
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QUNDOGROUP_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qundostack.cpp b/src/widgets/util/qundostack.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6b038ee52e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qundostack.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1127 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include <QtCore/qdebug.h>
+#include "qundostack.h"
+#include "qundogroup.h"
+#include "qundostack_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOCOMMAND
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QUndoCommand
+    \brief The QUndoCommand class is the base class of all commands stored on a QUndoStack.
+    \since 4.2
+
+    For an overview of Qt's Undo Framework, see the
+    \l{Overview of Qt's Undo Framework}{overview document}.
+
+    A QUndoCommand represents a single editing action on a document; for example,
+    inserting or deleting a block of text in a text editor. QUndoCommand can apply
+    a change to the document with redo() and undo the change with undo(). The
+    implementations for these functions must be provided in a derived class.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_util_qundostack.cpp 0
+
+    A QUndoCommand has an associated text(). This is a short string
+    describing what the command does. It is used to update the text
+    properties of the stack's undo and redo actions; see
+    QUndoStack::createUndoAction() and QUndoStack::createRedoAction().
+
+    QUndoCommand objects are owned by the stack they were pushed on.
+    QUndoStack deletes a command if it has been undone and a new command is pushed. For example:
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_util_qundostack.cpp 1
+
+    In effect, when a command is pushed, it becomes the top-most command
+    on the stack.
+
+    To support command compression, QUndoCommand has an id() and the virtual function
+    mergeWith(). These functions are used by QUndoStack::push().
+
+    To support command macros, a QUndoCommand object can have any number of child
+    commands. Undoing or redoing the parent command will cause the child
+    commands to be undone or redone. A command can be assigned
+    to a parent explicitly in the constructor. In this case, the command
+    will be owned by the parent.
+
+    The parent in this case is usually an empty command, in that it doesn't
+    provide its own implementation of undo() and redo(). Instead, it uses
+    the base implementations of these functions, which simply call undo() or
+    redo() on all its children. The parent should, however, have a meaningful
+    text().
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_util_qundostack.cpp 2
+
+    Another way to create macros is to use the convenience functions
+    QUndoStack::beginMacro() and QUndoStack::endMacro().
+
+    \sa QUndoStack
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QUndoCommand object with the given \a parent and \a text.
+
+    If \a parent is not 0, this command is appended to parent's child list.
+    The parent command then owns this command and will delete it in its
+    destructor.
+
+    \sa ~QUndoCommand()
+*/
+
+QUndoCommand::QUndoCommand(const QString &text, QUndoCommand *parent)
+{
+    d = new QUndoCommandPrivate;
+    if (parent != 0)
+        parent->d->child_list.append(this);
+    d->text = text;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QUndoCommand object with parent \a parent.
+
+    If \a parent is not 0, this command is appended to parent's child list.
+    The parent command then owns this command and will delete it in its
+    destructor.
+
+    \sa ~QUndoCommand()
+*/
+
+QUndoCommand::QUndoCommand(QUndoCommand *parent)
+{
+    d = new QUndoCommandPrivate;
+    if (parent != 0)
+        parent->d->child_list.append(this);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QUndoCommand object and all child commands.
+
+    \sa QUndoCommand()
+*/
+
+QUndoCommand::~QUndoCommand()
+{
+    qDeleteAll(d->child_list);
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the ID of this command.
+
+    A command ID is used in command compression. It must be an integer unique to
+    this command's class, or -1 if the command doesn't support compression.
+
+    If the command supports compression this function must be overridden in the
+    derived class to return the correct ID. The base implementation returns -1.
+
+    QUndoStack::push() will only try to merge two commands if they have the
+    same ID, and the ID is not -1.
+
+    \sa mergeWith(), QUndoStack::push()
+*/
+
+int QUndoCommand::id() const
+{
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Attempts to merge this command with \a command. Returns true on
+    success; otherwise returns false.
+
+    If this function returns true, calling this command's redo() must have the same
+    effect as redoing both this command and \a command.
+    Similarly, calling this command's undo() must have the same effect as undoing
+    \a command and this command.
+
+    QUndoStack will only try to merge two commands if they have the same id, and
+    the id is not -1.
+
+    The default implementation returns false.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_util_qundostack.cpp 3
+
+    \sa id() QUndoStack::push()
+*/
+
+bool QUndoCommand::mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(command);
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Applies a change to the document. This function must be implemented in
+    the derived class. Calling QUndoStack::push(),
+    QUndoStack::undo() or QUndoStack::redo() from this function leads to
+    undefined beahavior.
+
+    The default implementation calls redo() on all child commands.
+
+    \sa undo()
+*/
+
+void QUndoCommand::redo()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < d->child_list.size(); ++i)
+        d->child_list.at(i)->redo();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Reverts a change to the document. After undo() is called, the state of
+    the document should be the same as before redo() was called. This function must
+    be implemented in the derived class. Calling QUndoStack::push(),
+    QUndoStack::undo() or QUndoStack::redo() from this function leads to
+    undefined beahavior.
+
+    The default implementation calls undo() on all child commands in reverse order.
+
+    \sa redo()
+*/
+
+void QUndoCommand::undo()
+{
+    for (int i = d->child_list.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i)
+        d->child_list.at(i)->undo();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a short text string describing what this command does; for example,
+    "insert text".
+
+    The text is used when the text properties of the stack's undo and redo
+    actions are updated.
+
+    \sa setText(), QUndoStack::createUndoAction(), QUndoStack::createRedoAction()
+*/
+
+QString QUndoCommand::text() const
+{
+    return d->text;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the command's text to be the \a text specified.
+
+    The specified text should be a short user-readable string describing what this
+    command does.
+
+    \sa text() QUndoStack::createUndoAction() QUndoStack::createRedoAction()
+*/
+
+void QUndoCommand::setText(const QString &text)
+{
+    d->text = text;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.4
+
+    Returns the number of child commands in this command.
+
+    \sa child()
+*/
+
+int QUndoCommand::childCount() const
+{
+    return d->child_list.count();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.4
+
+    Returns the child command at \a index.
+
+    \sa childCount(), QUndoStack::command()
+*/
+
+const QUndoCommand *QUndoCommand::child(int index) const
+{
+    if (index < 0 || index >= d->child_list.count())
+        return 0;
+    return d->child_list.at(index);
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_UNDOCOMMAND
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOSTACK
+
+/*!
+    \class QUndoStack
+    \brief The QUndoStack class is a stack of QUndoCommand objects.
+    \since 4.2
+
+    For an overview of Qt's Undo Framework, see the
+    \l{Overview of Qt's Undo Framework}{overview document}.
+
+    An undo stack maintains a stack of commands that have been applied to a
+    document.
+
+    New commands are pushed on the stack using push(). Commands can be
+    undone and redone using undo() and redo(), or by triggering the
+    actions returned by createUndoAction() and createRedoAction().
+
+    QUndoStack keeps track of the \a current command. This is the command
+    which will be executed by the next call to redo(). The index of this
+    command is returned by index(). The state of the edited object can be
+    rolled forward or back using setIndex(). If the top-most command on the
+    stack has already been redone, index() is equal to count().
+
+    QUndoStack provides support for undo and redo actions, command
+    compression, command macros, and supports the concept of a
+    \e{clean state}.
+
+    \section1 Undo and Redo Actions
+
+    QUndoStack provides convenient undo and redo QAction objects, which
+    can be inserted into a menu or a toolbar. When commands are undone or
+    redone, QUndoStack updates the text properties of these actions
+    to reflect what change they will trigger. The actions are also disabled
+    when no command is available for undo or redo. These actions
+    are returned by QUndoStack::createUndoAction() and QUndoStack::createRedoAction().
+
+    \section1 Command Compression and Macros
+
+    Command compression is useful when several commands can be compressed
+    into a single command that can be undone and redone in a single operation.
+    For example, when a user types a character in a text editor, a new command
+    is created. This command inserts the character into the document at the
+    cursor position. However, it is more convenient for the user to be able
+    to undo or redo typing of whole words, sentences, or paragraphs.
+    Command compression allows these single-character commands to be merged
+    into a single command which inserts or deletes sections of text.
+    For more information, see QUndoCommand::mergeWith() and push().
+
+    A command macro is a sequence of commands, all of which are undone and
+    redone in one go. Command macros are created by giving a command a list
+    of child commands.
+    Undoing or redoing the parent command will cause the child commands to
+    be undone or redone. Command macros may be created explicitly
+    by specifying a parent in the QUndoCommand constructor, or by using the
+    convenience functions beginMacro() and endMacro().
+
+    Although command compression and macros appear to have the same effect to the
+    user, they often have different uses in an application. Commands that
+    perform small changes to a document may be usefully compressed if there is
+    no need to individually record them, and if only larger changes are relevant
+    to the user.
+    However, for commands that need to be recorded individually, or those that
+    cannot be compressed, it is useful to use macros to provide a more convenient
+    user experience while maintaining a record of each command.
+
+    \section1 Clean State
+
+    QUndoStack supports the concept of a clean state. When the
+    document is saved to disk, the stack can be marked as clean using
+    setClean(). Whenever the stack returns to this state through undoing and
+    redoing commands, it emits the signal cleanChanged(). This signal
+    is also emitted when the stack leaves the clean state. This signal is
+    usually used to enable and disable the save actions in the application,
+    and to update the document's title to reflect that it contains unsaved
+    changes.
+
+    \sa QUndoCommand, QUndoView
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
+
+QUndoAction::QUndoAction(const QString &prefix, QObject *parent)
+    : QAction(parent)
+{
+    m_prefix = prefix;
+}
+
+void QUndoAction::setPrefixedText(const QString &text)
+{
+    QString s = m_prefix;
+    if (!m_prefix.isEmpty() && !text.isEmpty())
+        s.append(QLatin1Char(' '));
+    s.append(text);
+    setText(s);
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_ACTION
+
+/*! \internal
+    Sets the current index to \a idx, emitting appropriate signals. If \a clean is true,
+    makes \a idx the clean index as well.
+*/
+
+void QUndoStackPrivate::setIndex(int idx, bool clean)
+{
+    Q_Q(QUndoStack);
+
+    bool was_clean = index == clean_index;
+
+    if (idx != index) {
+        index = idx;
+        emit q->indexChanged(index);
+        emit q->canUndoChanged(q->canUndo());
+        emit q->undoTextChanged(q->undoText());
+        emit q->canRedoChanged(q->canRedo());
+        emit q->redoTextChanged(q->redoText());
+    }
+
+    if (clean)
+        clean_index = index;
+
+    bool is_clean = index == clean_index;
+    if (is_clean != was_clean)
+        emit q->cleanChanged(is_clean);
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    If the number of commands on the stack exceedes the undo limit, deletes commands from
+    the bottom of the stack.
+
+    Returns true if commands were deleted.
+*/
+
+bool QUndoStackPrivate::checkUndoLimit()
+{
+    if (undo_limit <= 0 || !macro_stack.isEmpty() || undo_limit >= command_list.count())
+        return false;
+
+    int del_count = command_list.count() - undo_limit;
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < del_count; ++i)
+        delete command_list.takeFirst();
+
+    index -= del_count;
+    if (clean_index != -1) {
+        if (clean_index < del_count)
+            clean_index = -1; // we've deleted the clean command
+        else
+            clean_index -= del_count;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an empty undo stack with the parent \a parent. The
+    stack will initially be in the clean state. If \a parent is a
+    QUndoGroup object, the stack is automatically added to the group.
+
+    \sa push()
+*/
+
+QUndoStack::QUndoStack(QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(*(new QUndoStackPrivate), parent)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+    if (QUndoGroup *group = qobject_cast<QUndoGroup*>(parent))
+        group->addStack(this);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the undo stack, deleting any commands that are on it. If the
+    stack is in a QUndoGroup, the stack is automatically removed from the group.
+
+    \sa QUndoStack()
+*/
+
+QUndoStack::~QUndoStack()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+    Q_D(QUndoStack);
+    if (d->group != 0)
+        d->group->removeStack(this);
+#endif
+    clear();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Clears the command stack by deleting all commands on it, and returns the stack
+    to the clean state.
+
+    Commands are not undone or redone; the state of the edited object remains
+    unchanged.
+
+    This function is usually used when the contents of the document are
+    abandoned.
+
+    \sa QUndoStack()
+*/
+
+void QUndoStack::clear()
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoStack);
+
+    if (d->command_list.isEmpty())
+        return;
+
+    bool was_clean = isClean();
+
+    d->macro_stack.clear();
+    qDeleteAll(d->command_list);
+    d->command_list.clear();
+
+    d->index = 0;
+    d->clean_index = 0;
+
+    emit indexChanged(0);
+    emit canUndoChanged(false);
+    emit undoTextChanged(QString());
+    emit canRedoChanged(false);
+    emit redoTextChanged(QString());
+
+    if (!was_clean)
+        emit cleanChanged(true);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Pushes \a cmd on the stack or merges it with the most recently executed command.
+    In either case, executes \a cmd by calling its redo() function.
+
+    If \a cmd's id is not -1, and if the id is the same as that of the
+    most recently executed command, QUndoStack will attempt to merge the two
+    commands by calling QUndoCommand::mergeWith() on the most recently executed
+    command. If QUndoCommand::mergeWith() returns true, \a cmd is deleted.
+
+    In all other cases \a cmd is simply pushed on the stack.
+
+    If commands were undone before \a cmd was pushed, the current command and
+    all commands above it are deleted. Hence \a cmd always ends up being the
+    top-most on the stack.
+
+    Once a command is pushed, the stack takes ownership of it. There
+    are no getters to return the command, since modifying it after it has
+    been executed will almost always lead to corruption of the document's
+    state.
+
+    \sa QUndoCommand::id() QUndoCommand::mergeWith()
+*/
+
+void QUndoStack::push(QUndoCommand *cmd)
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoStack);
+    cmd->redo();
+
+    bool macro = !d->macro_stack.isEmpty();
+
+    QUndoCommand *cur = 0;
+    if (macro) {
+        QUndoCommand *macro_cmd = d->macro_stack.last();
+        if (!macro_cmd->d->child_list.isEmpty())
+            cur = macro_cmd->d->child_list.last();
+    } else {
+        if (d->index > 0)
+            cur = d->command_list.at(d->index - 1);
+        while (d->index < d->command_list.size())
+            delete d->command_list.takeLast();
+        if (d->clean_index > d->index)
+            d->clean_index = -1; // we've deleted the clean state
+    }
+
+    bool try_merge = cur != 0
+                        && cur->id() != -1
+                        && cur->id() == cmd->id()
+                        && (macro || d->index != d->clean_index);
+
+    if (try_merge && cur->mergeWith(cmd)) {
+        delete cmd;
+        if (!macro) {
+            emit indexChanged(d->index);
+            emit canUndoChanged(canUndo());
+            emit undoTextChanged(undoText());
+            emit canRedoChanged(canRedo());
+            emit redoTextChanged(redoText());
+        }
+    } else {
+        if (macro) {
+            d->macro_stack.last()->d->child_list.append(cmd);
+        } else {
+            d->command_list.append(cmd);
+            d->checkUndoLimit();
+            d->setIndex(d->index + 1, false);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Marks the stack as clean and emits cleanChanged() if the stack was
+    not already clean.
+
+    Whenever the stack returns to this state through the use of undo/redo
+    commands, it emits the signal cleanChanged(). This signal is also
+    emitted when the stack leaves the clean state.
+
+    \sa isClean(), cleanIndex()
+*/
+
+void QUndoStack::setClean()
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoStack);
+    if (!d->macro_stack.isEmpty()) {
+        qWarning("QUndoStack::setClean(): cannot set clean in the middle of a macro");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    d->setIndex(d->index, true);
+}
+
+/*!
+    If the stack is in the clean state, returns true; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa setClean() cleanIndex()
+*/
+
+bool QUndoStack::isClean() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoStack);
+    if (!d->macro_stack.isEmpty())
+        return false;
+    return d->clean_index == d->index;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the clean index. This is the index at which setClean() was called.
+
+    A stack may not have a clean index. This happens if a document is saved,
+    some commands are undone, then a new command is pushed. Since
+    push() deletes all the undone commands before pushing the new command, the stack
+    can't return to the clean state again. In this case, this function returns -1.
+
+    \sa isClean() setClean()
+*/
+
+int QUndoStack::cleanIndex() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoStack);
+    return d->clean_index;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Undoes the command below the current command by calling QUndoCommand::undo().
+    Decrements the current command index.
+
+    If the stack is empty, or if the bottom command on the stack has already been
+    undone, this function does nothing.
+
+    \sa redo() index()
+*/
+
+void QUndoStack::undo()
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoStack);
+    if (d->index == 0)
+        return;
+
+    if (!d->macro_stack.isEmpty()) {
+        qWarning("QUndoStack::undo(): cannot undo in the middle of a macro");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    int idx = d->index - 1;
+    d->command_list.at(idx)->undo();
+    d->setIndex(idx, false);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Redoes the current command by calling QUndoCommand::redo(). Increments the current
+    command index.
+
+    If the stack is empty, or if the top command on the stack has already been
+    redone, this function does nothing.
+
+    \sa undo() index()
+*/
+
+void QUndoStack::redo()
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoStack);
+    if (d->index == d->command_list.size())
+        return;
+
+    if (!d->macro_stack.isEmpty()) {
+        qWarning("QUndoStack::redo(): cannot redo in the middle of a macro");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    d->command_list.at(d->index)->redo();
+    d->setIndex(d->index + 1, false);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of commands on the stack. Macro commands are counted as
+    one command.
+
+    \sa index() setIndex() command()
+*/
+
+int QUndoStack::count() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoStack);
+    return d->command_list.size();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the index of the current command. This is the command that will be
+    executed on the next call to redo(). It is not always the top-most command
+    on the stack, since a number of commands may have been undone.
+
+    \sa undo() redo() count()
+*/
+
+int QUndoStack::index() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoStack);
+    return d->index;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Repeatedly calls undo() or redo() until the current command index reaches
+    \a idx. This function can be used to roll the state of the document forwards
+    of backwards. indexChanged() is emitted only once.
+
+    \sa index() count() undo() redo()
+*/
+
+void QUndoStack::setIndex(int idx)
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoStack);
+    if (!d->macro_stack.isEmpty()) {
+        qWarning("QUndoStack::setIndex(): cannot set index in the middle of a macro");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (idx < 0)
+        idx = 0;
+    else if (idx > d->command_list.size())
+        idx = d->command_list.size();
+
+    int i = d->index;
+    while (i < idx)
+        d->command_list.at(i++)->redo();
+    while (i > idx)
+        d->command_list.at(--i)->undo();
+
+    d->setIndex(idx, false);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if there is a command available for undo; otherwise returns false.
+
+    This function returns false if the stack is empty, or if the bottom command
+    on the stack has already been undone.
+
+    Synonymous with index() == 0.
+
+    \sa index() canRedo()
+*/
+
+bool QUndoStack::canUndo() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoStack);
+    if (!d->macro_stack.isEmpty())
+        return false;
+    return d->index > 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if there is a command available for redo; otherwise returns false.
+
+    This function returns false if the stack is empty or if the top command
+    on the stack has already been redone.
+
+    Synonymous with index() == count().
+
+    \sa index() canUndo()
+*/
+
+bool QUndoStack::canRedo() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoStack);
+    if (!d->macro_stack.isEmpty())
+        return false;
+    return d->index < d->command_list.size();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the text of the command which will be undone in the next call to undo().
+
+    \sa QUndoCommand::text() redoText()
+*/
+
+QString QUndoStack::undoText() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoStack);
+    if (!d->macro_stack.isEmpty())
+        return QString();
+    if (d->index > 0)
+        return d->command_list.at(d->index - 1)->text();
+    return QString();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the text of the command which will be redone in the next call to redo().
+
+    \sa QUndoCommand::text() undoText()
+*/
+
+QString QUndoStack::redoText() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoStack);
+    if (!d->macro_stack.isEmpty())
+        return QString();
+    if (d->index < d->command_list.size())
+        return d->command_list.at(d->index)->text();
+    return QString();
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
+
+/*!
+    Creates an undo QAction object with the given \a parent.
+
+    Triggering this action will cause a call to undo(). The text of this action
+    is the text of the command which will be undone in the next call to undo(),
+    prefixed by the specified \a prefix. If there is no command available for undo,
+    this action will be disabled.
+
+    If \a prefix is empty, the default prefix "Undo" is used.
+
+    \sa createRedoAction(), canUndo(), QUndoCommand::text()
+*/
+
+QAction *QUndoStack::createUndoAction(QObject *parent, const QString &prefix) const
+{
+    QString pref = prefix.isEmpty() ? tr("Undo") : prefix;
+    QUndoAction *result = new QUndoAction(pref, parent);
+    result->setEnabled(canUndo());
+    result->setPrefixedText(undoText());
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(canUndoChanged(bool)),
+            result, SLOT(setEnabled(bool)));
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(undoTextChanged(QString)),
+            result, SLOT(setPrefixedText(QString)));
+    connect(result, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(undo()));
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Creates an redo QAction object with the given \a parent.
+
+    Triggering this action will cause a call to redo(). The text of this action
+    is the text of the command which will be redone in the next call to redo(),
+    prefixed by the specified \a prefix. If there is no command available for redo,
+    this action will be disabled.
+
+    If \a prefix is empty, the default prefix "Redo" is used.
+
+    \sa createUndoAction(), canRedo(), QUndoCommand::text()
+*/
+
+QAction *QUndoStack::createRedoAction(QObject *parent, const QString &prefix) const
+{
+    QString pref = prefix.isEmpty() ? tr("Redo") : prefix;
+    QUndoAction *result = new QUndoAction(pref, parent);
+    result->setEnabled(canRedo());
+    result->setPrefixedText(redoText());
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(canRedoChanged(bool)),
+            result, SLOT(setEnabled(bool)));
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(redoTextChanged(QString)),
+            result, SLOT(setPrefixedText(QString)));
+    connect(result, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(redo()));
+    return result;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_ACTION
+
+/*!
+    Begins composition of a macro command with the given \a text description.
+
+    An empty command described by the specified \a text is pushed on the stack.
+    Any subsequent commands pushed on the stack will be appended to the empty
+    command's children until endMacro() is called.
+
+    Calls to beginMacro() and endMacro() may be nested, but every call to
+    beginMacro() must have a matching call to endMacro().
+
+    While a macro is composed, the stack is disabled. This means that:
+    \list
+    \i indexChanged() and cleanChanged() are not emitted,
+    \i canUndo() and canRedo() return false,
+    \i calling undo() or redo() has no effect,
+    \i the undo/redo actions are disabled.
+    \endlist
+
+    The stack becomes enabled and appropriate signals are emitted when endMacro()
+    is called for the outermost macro.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_util_qundostack.cpp 4
+
+    This code is equivalent to:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_util_qundostack.cpp 5
+
+    \sa endMacro()
+*/
+
+void QUndoStack::beginMacro(const QString &text)
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoStack);
+    QUndoCommand *cmd = new QUndoCommand();
+    cmd->setText(text);
+
+    if (d->macro_stack.isEmpty()) {
+        while (d->index < d->command_list.size())
+            delete d->command_list.takeLast();
+        if (d->clean_index > d->index)
+            d->clean_index = -1; // we've deleted the clean state
+        d->command_list.append(cmd);
+    } else {
+        d->macro_stack.last()->d->child_list.append(cmd);
+    }
+    d->macro_stack.append(cmd);
+
+    if (d->macro_stack.count() == 1) {
+        emit canUndoChanged(false);
+        emit undoTextChanged(QString());
+        emit canRedoChanged(false);
+        emit redoTextChanged(QString());
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Ends composition of a macro command.
+
+    If this is the outermost macro in a set nested macros, this function emits
+    indexChanged() once for the entire macro command.
+
+    \sa beginMacro()
+*/
+
+void QUndoStack::endMacro()
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoStack);
+    if (d->macro_stack.isEmpty()) {
+        qWarning("QUndoStack::endMacro(): no matching beginMacro()");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    d->macro_stack.removeLast();
+
+    if (d->macro_stack.isEmpty()) {
+        d->checkUndoLimit();
+        d->setIndex(d->index + 1, false);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  \since 4.4
+
+  Returns a const pointer to the command at \a index.
+
+  This function returns a const pointer, because modifying a command,
+  once it has been pushed onto the stack and executed, almost always
+  causes corruption of the state of the document, if the command is 
+  later undone or redone.
+
+  \sa QUndoCommand::child()
+*/
+const QUndoCommand *QUndoStack::command(int index) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoStack);
+
+    if (index < 0 || index >= d->command_list.count())
+        return 0;
+    return d->command_list.at(index);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the text of the command at index \a idx.
+
+    \sa beginMacro()
+*/
+
+QString QUndoStack::text(int idx) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoStack);
+
+    if (idx < 0 || idx >= d->command_list.size())
+        return QString();
+    return d->command_list.at(idx)->text();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QUndoStack::undoLimit
+    \brief the maximum number of commands on this stack.
+    \since 4.3
+
+    When the number of commands on a stack exceedes the stack's undoLimit, commands are
+    deleted from the bottom of the stack. Macro commands (commands with child commands)
+    are treated as one command. The default value is 0, which means that there is no
+    limit.
+
+    This property may only be set when the undo stack is empty, since setting it on a
+    non-empty stack might delete the command at the current index. Calling setUndoLimit()
+    on a non-empty stack prints a warning and does nothing.
+*/
+
+void QUndoStack::setUndoLimit(int limit)
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoStack);
+
+    if (!d->command_list.isEmpty()) {
+        qWarning("QUndoStack::setUndoLimit(): an undo limit can only be set when the stack is empty");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (limit == d->undo_limit)
+        return;
+    d->undo_limit = limit;
+    d->checkUndoLimit();
+}
+
+int QUndoStack::undoLimit() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoStack);
+
+    return d->undo_limit;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QUndoStack::active
+    \brief the active status of this stack.
+
+    An application often has multiple undo stacks, one for each opened document. The active
+    stack is the one associated with the currently active document. If the stack belongs
+    to a QUndoGroup, calls to QUndoGroup::undo() or QUndoGroup::redo() will be forwarded
+    to this stack when it is active. If the QUndoGroup is watched by a QUndoView, the view
+    will display the contents of this stack when it is active. If the stack does not belong to
+    a QUndoGroup, making it active has no effect.
+
+    It is the programmer's responsibility to specify which stack is active by
+    calling setActive(), usually when the associated document window receives focus.
+
+    \sa QUndoGroup
+*/
+
+void QUndoStack::setActive(bool active)
+{
+#ifdef QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+    Q_UNUSED(active);
+#else
+    Q_D(QUndoStack);
+
+    if (d->group != 0) {
+        if (active)
+            d->group->setActiveStack(this);
+        else if (d->group->activeStack() == this)
+            d->group->setActiveStack(0);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool QUndoStack::isActive() const
+{
+#ifdef QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+    return true;
+#else
+    Q_D(const QUndoStack);
+    return d->group == 0 || d->group->activeStack() == this;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QUndoStack::indexChanged(int idx)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever a command modifies the state of the document.
+    This happens when a command is undone or redone. When a macro
+    command is undone or redone, or setIndex() is called, this signal
+    is emitted only once.
+
+    \a idx specifies the index of the current command, ie. the command which will be
+    executed on the next call to redo().
+
+    \sa index() setIndex()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QUndoStack::cleanChanged(bool clean)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the stack enters or leaves the clean state.
+    If \a clean is true, the stack is in a clean state; otherwise this signal
+    indicates that it has left the clean state.
+
+    \sa isClean() setClean()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QUndoStack::undoTextChanged(const QString &undoText)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the value of undoText() changes. It is
+    used to update the text property of the undo action returned by createUndoAction().
+    \a undoText specifies the new text.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QUndoStack::canUndoChanged(bool canUndo)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the value of canUndo() changes. It is
+    used to enable or disable the undo action returned by createUndoAction().
+    \a canUndo specifies the new value.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QUndoStack::redoTextChanged(const QString &redoText)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the value of redoText() changes. It is
+    used to update the text property of the redo action returned by createRedoAction().
+    \a redoText specifies the new text.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QUndoStack::canRedoChanged(bool canRedo)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the value of canRedo() changes. It is
+    used to enable or disable the redo action returned by createRedoAction().
+    \a canRedo specifies the new value.
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QT_NO_UNDOSTACK
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qundostack.h b/src/widgets/util/qundostack.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..65941b53c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qundostack.h
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QUNDOSTACK_H
+#define QUNDOSTACK_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+#include <QtCore/qstring.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Gui)
+
+class QAction;
+class QUndoCommandPrivate;
+class QUndoStackPrivate;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOCOMMAND
+
+class Q_GUI_EXPORT QUndoCommand
+{
+    QUndoCommandPrivate *d;
+
+public:
+    explicit QUndoCommand(QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
+    explicit QUndoCommand(const QString &text, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
+    virtual ~QUndoCommand();
+
+    virtual void undo();
+    virtual void redo();
+
+    QString text() const;
+    void setText(const QString &text);
+
+    virtual int id() const;
+    virtual bool mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *other);
+
+    int childCount() const;
+    const QUndoCommand *child(int index) const;
+
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QUndoCommand)
+    friend class QUndoStack;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_UNDOCOMMAND
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOSTACK
+
+class Q_GUI_EXPORT QUndoStack : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QUndoStack)
+    Q_PROPERTY(bool active READ isActive WRITE setActive)
+    Q_PROPERTY(int undoLimit READ undoLimit WRITE setUndoLimit)
+
+public:
+    explicit QUndoStack(QObject *parent = 0);
+    ~QUndoStack();
+    void clear();
+
+    void push(QUndoCommand *cmd);
+
+    bool canUndo() const;
+    bool canRedo() const;
+    QString undoText() const;
+    QString redoText() const;
+
+    int count() const;
+    int index() const;
+    QString text(int idx) const;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
+    QAction *createUndoAction(QObject *parent,
+                                const QString &prefix = QString()) const;
+    QAction *createRedoAction(QObject *parent,
+                                const QString &prefix = QString()) const;
+#endif // QT_NO_ACTION
+
+    bool isActive() const;
+    bool isClean() const;
+    int cleanIndex() const;
+
+    void beginMacro(const QString &text);
+    void endMacro();
+
+    void setUndoLimit(int limit);
+    int undoLimit() const;
+
+    const QUndoCommand *command(int index) const;
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    void setClean();
+    void setIndex(int idx);
+    void undo();
+    void redo();
+    void setActive(bool active = true);
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void indexChanged(int idx);
+    void cleanChanged(bool clean);
+    void canUndoChanged(bool canUndo);
+    void canRedoChanged(bool canRedo);
+    void undoTextChanged(const QString &undoText);
+    void redoTextChanged(const QString &redoText);
+
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QUndoStack)
+    friend class QUndoGroup;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_UNDOSTACK
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QUNDOSTACK_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qundostack_p.h b/src/widgets/util/qundostack_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3c7d0e7d85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qundostack_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QUNDOSTACK_P_H
+#define QUNDOSTACK_P_H
+
+#include <private/qobject_p.h>
+#include <QtCore/qlist.h>
+#include <QtCore/qstring.h>
+#include <QtGui/qaction.h>
+
+#include "qundostack.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+class QUndoCommand;
+class QUndoGroup;
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of qapplication_*.cpp, qwidget*.cpp and qfiledialog.cpp.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+class QUndoCommandPrivate
+{
+public:
+    QUndoCommandPrivate() : id(-1) {}
+    QList<QUndoCommand*> child_list;
+    QString text;
+    int id;
+};
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOSTACK
+
+class QUndoStackPrivate : public QObjectPrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QUndoStack)
+public:
+    QUndoStackPrivate() : index(0), clean_index(0), group(0), undo_limit(0) {}
+
+    QList<QUndoCommand*> command_list;
+    QList<QUndoCommand*> macro_stack;
+    int index;
+    int clean_index;
+    QUndoGroup *group;
+    int undo_limit;
+
+    void setIndex(int idx, bool clean);
+    bool checkUndoLimit();
+};
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
+class QUndoAction : public QAction
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QUndoAction(const QString &prefix, QObject *parent = 0);
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    void setPrefixedText(const QString &text);
+private:
+    QString m_prefix;
+};
+#endif // QT_NO_ACTION
+
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+#endif // QT_NO_UNDOSTACK
+#endif // QUNDOSTACK_P_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qundoview.cpp b/src/widgets/util/qundoview.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..43c1774b25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qundoview.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,476 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qundostack.h"
+#include "qundoview.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOVIEW
+
+#include "qundogroup.h"
+#include <QtCore/qabstractitemmodel.h>
+#include <QtCore/qpointer.h>
+#include <QtGui/qicon.h>
+#include <private/qlistview_p.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QUndoModel : public QAbstractItemModel
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QUndoModel(QObject *parent = 0);
+
+    QUndoStack *stack() const;
+
+    virtual QModelIndex index(int row, int column,
+                const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const;
+    virtual QModelIndex parent(const QModelIndex &child) const;
+    virtual int rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const;
+    virtual int columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const;
+    virtual QVariant data(const QModelIndex &index, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const;
+
+    QModelIndex selectedIndex() const;
+    QItemSelectionModel *selectionModel() const;
+
+    QString emptyLabel() const;
+    void setEmptyLabel(const QString &label);
+
+    void setCleanIcon(const QIcon &icon);
+    QIcon cleanIcon() const;
+
+public slots:
+    void setStack(QUndoStack *stack);
+
+private slots:
+    void stackChanged();
+    void stackDestroyed(QObject *obj);
+    void setStackCurrentIndex(const QModelIndex &index);
+
+private:
+    QUndoStack *m_stack;
+    QItemSelectionModel *m_sel_model;
+    QString m_emty_label;
+    QIcon m_clean_icon;
+};
+
+QUndoModel::QUndoModel(QObject *parent)
+    : QAbstractItemModel(parent)
+{
+    m_stack = 0;
+    m_sel_model = new QItemSelectionModel(this, this);
+    connect(m_sel_model, SIGNAL(currentChanged(QModelIndex,QModelIndex)),
+            this, SLOT(setStackCurrentIndex(QModelIndex)));
+    m_emty_label = tr("<empty>");
+}
+
+QItemSelectionModel *QUndoModel::selectionModel() const
+{
+    return m_sel_model;
+}
+
+QUndoStack *QUndoModel::stack() const
+{
+    return m_stack;
+}
+
+void QUndoModel::setStack(QUndoStack *stack)
+{
+    if (m_stack == stack)
+        return;
+
+    if (m_stack != 0) {
+        disconnect(m_stack, SIGNAL(cleanChanged(bool)), this, SLOT(stackChanged()));
+        disconnect(m_stack, SIGNAL(indexChanged(int)), this, SLOT(stackChanged()));
+        disconnect(m_stack, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(stackDestroyed(QObject*)));
+    }
+    m_stack = stack;
+    if (m_stack != 0) {
+        connect(m_stack, SIGNAL(cleanChanged(bool)), this, SLOT(stackChanged()));
+        connect(m_stack, SIGNAL(indexChanged(int)), this, SLOT(stackChanged()));
+        connect(m_stack, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(stackDestroyed(QObject*)));
+    }
+
+    stackChanged();
+}
+
+void QUndoModel::stackDestroyed(QObject *obj)
+{
+    if (obj != m_stack)
+        return;
+    m_stack = 0;
+
+    stackChanged();
+}
+
+void QUndoModel::stackChanged()
+{
+    reset();
+    m_sel_model->setCurrentIndex(selectedIndex(), QItemSelectionModel::ClearAndSelect);
+}
+
+void QUndoModel::setStackCurrentIndex(const QModelIndex &index)
+{
+    if (m_stack == 0)
+        return;
+
+    if (index == selectedIndex())
+        return;
+
+    if (index.column() != 0)
+        return;
+
+    m_stack->setIndex(index.row());
+}
+
+QModelIndex QUndoModel::selectedIndex() const
+{
+    return m_stack == 0 ? QModelIndex() : createIndex(m_stack->index(), 0);
+}
+
+QModelIndex QUndoModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+    if (m_stack == 0)
+        return QModelIndex();
+
+    if (parent.isValid())
+        return QModelIndex();
+
+    if (column != 0)
+        return QModelIndex();
+
+    if (row < 0 || row > m_stack->count())
+        return QModelIndex();
+
+    return createIndex(row, column);
+}
+
+QModelIndex QUndoModel::parent(const QModelIndex&) const
+{
+    return QModelIndex();
+}
+
+int QUndoModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+    if (m_stack == 0)
+        return 0;
+
+    if (parent.isValid())
+        return 0;
+
+    return m_stack->count() + 1;
+}
+
+int QUndoModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex&) const
+{
+    return 1;
+}
+
+QVariant QUndoModel::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const
+{
+    if (m_stack == 0)
+        return QVariant();
+
+    if (index.column() != 0)
+        return QVariant();
+
+    if (index.row() < 0 || index.row() > m_stack->count())
+        return QVariant();
+
+    if (role == Qt::DisplayRole) {
+        if (index.row() == 0)
+            return m_emty_label;
+        return m_stack->text(index.row() - 1);
+    } else if (role == Qt::DecorationRole) {
+        if (index.row() == m_stack->cleanIndex() && !m_clean_icon.isNull())
+            return m_clean_icon;
+        return QVariant();
+    }
+
+    return QVariant();
+}
+
+QString QUndoModel::emptyLabel() const
+{
+    return m_emty_label;
+}
+
+void QUndoModel::setEmptyLabel(const QString &label)
+{
+    m_emty_label = label;
+    stackChanged();
+}
+
+void QUndoModel::setCleanIcon(const QIcon &icon)
+{
+    m_clean_icon = icon;
+    stackChanged();
+}
+
+QIcon QUndoModel::cleanIcon() const
+{
+    return m_clean_icon;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QUndoView
+    \brief The QUndoView class displays the contents of a QUndoStack.
+    \since 4.2
+
+    \ingroup advanced
+
+    QUndoView is a QListView which displays the list of commands pushed on an undo stack.
+    The most recently executed command is always selected. Selecting a different command
+    results in a call to QUndoStack::setIndex(), rolling the state of the document
+    backwards or forward to the new command.
+
+    The stack can be set explicitly with setStack(). Alternatively, a QUndoGroup object can
+    be set with setGroup(). The view will then update itself automatically whenever the
+    active stack of the group changes.
+
+    \image qundoview.png
+*/
+
+class QUndoViewPrivate : public QListViewPrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QUndoView)
+public:
+    QUndoViewPrivate() :
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+        group(0),
+#endif
+        model(0) {}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+    QPointer<QUndoGroup> group;
+#endif
+    QUndoModel *model;
+
+    void init();
+};
+
+void QUndoViewPrivate::init()
+{
+    Q_Q(QUndoView);
+
+    model = new QUndoModel(q);
+    q->setModel(model);
+    q->setSelectionModel(model->selectionModel());
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new view with parent \a parent.
+*/
+
+QUndoView::QUndoView(QWidget *parent)
+    : QListView(*new QUndoViewPrivate(), parent)
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoView);
+    d->init();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new view with parent \a parent and sets the observed stack to \a stack.
+*/
+
+QUndoView::QUndoView(QUndoStack *stack, QWidget *parent)
+    : QListView(*new QUndoViewPrivate(), parent)
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoView);
+    d->init();
+    setStack(stack);
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new view with parent \a parent and sets the observed group to \a group.
+
+    The view will update itself autmiatically whenever the active stack of the group changes.
+*/
+
+QUndoView::QUndoView(QUndoGroup *group, QWidget *parent)
+    : QListView(*new QUndoViewPrivate(), parent)
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoView);
+    d->init();
+    setGroup(group);
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+
+/*!
+    Destroys this view.
+*/
+
+QUndoView::~QUndoView()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the stack currently displayed by this view. If the view is looking at a
+    QUndoGroup, this the group's active stack.
+
+    \sa setStack() setGroup()
+*/
+
+QUndoStack *QUndoView::stack() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoView);
+    return d->model->stack();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the stack displayed by this view to \a stack. If \a stack is 0, the view
+    will be empty.
+
+    If the view was previously looking at a QUndoGroup, the group is set to 0.
+
+    \sa stack() setGroup()
+*/
+
+void QUndoView::setStack(QUndoStack *stack)
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoView);
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+    setGroup(0);
+#endif
+    d->model->setStack(stack);
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+
+/*!
+    Sets the group displayed by this view to \a group. If \a group is 0, the view will
+    be empty.
+
+    The view will update itself autmiatically whenever the active stack of the group changes.
+
+    \sa group() setStack()
+*/
+
+void QUndoView::setGroup(QUndoGroup *group)
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoView);
+
+    if (d->group == group)
+        return;
+
+    if (d->group != 0) {
+        disconnect(d->group, SIGNAL(activeStackChanged(QUndoStack*)),
+                d->model, SLOT(setStack(QUndoStack*)));
+    }
+
+    d->group = group;
+
+    if (d->group != 0) {
+        connect(d->group, SIGNAL(activeStackChanged(QUndoStack*)),
+                d->model, SLOT(setStack(QUndoStack*)));
+        d->model->setStack(d->group->activeStack());
+    } else {
+        d->model->setStack(0);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the group displayed by this view.
+
+    If the view is not looking at group, this function returns 0.
+
+    \sa setGroup() setStack()
+*/
+
+QUndoGroup *QUndoView::group() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoView);
+    return d->group;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+
+/*!
+    \property QUndoView::emptyLabel
+    \brief the label used for the empty state.
+
+    The empty label is the topmost element in the list of commands, which represents
+    the state of the document before any commands were pushed on the stack. The default
+    is the string "<empty>".
+*/
+
+void QUndoView::setEmptyLabel(const QString &label)
+{
+    Q_D(QUndoView);
+    d->model->setEmptyLabel(label);
+}
+
+QString QUndoView::emptyLabel() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoView);
+    return d->model->emptyLabel();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QUndoView::cleanIcon
+    \brief the icon used to represent the clean state.
+
+    A stack may have a clean state set with QUndoStack::setClean(). This is usually
+    the state of the document at the point it was saved. QUndoView can display an
+    icon in the list of commands to show the clean state. If this property is
+    a null icon, no icon is shown. The default value is the null icon.
+*/
+
+void QUndoView::setCleanIcon(const QIcon &icon)
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoView);
+    d->model->setCleanIcon(icon);
+
+}
+
+QIcon QUndoView::cleanIcon() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QUndoView);
+    return d->model->cleanIcon();
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#include "qundoview.moc"
+
+#endif // QT_NO_UNDOVIEW
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/qundoview.h b/src/widgets/util/qundoview.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de32a39c54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/qundoview.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QUNDOVIEW_H
+#define QUNDOVIEW_H
+
+#include <QtGui/qlistview.h>
+#include <QtCore/qstring.h>
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOVIEW
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QUndoViewPrivate;
+class QUndoStack;
+class QUndoGroup;
+class QIcon;
+
+QT_MODULE(Gui)
+
+class Q_GUI_EXPORT QUndoView : public QListView
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QUndoView)
+    Q_PROPERTY(QString emptyLabel READ emptyLabel WRITE setEmptyLabel)
+    Q_PROPERTY(QIcon cleanIcon READ cleanIcon WRITE setCleanIcon)
+
+public:
+    explicit QUndoView(QWidget *parent = 0);
+    explicit QUndoView(QUndoStack *stack, QWidget *parent = 0);
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+    explicit QUndoView(QUndoGroup *group, QWidget *parent = 0);
+#endif
+    ~QUndoView();
+
+    QUndoStack *stack() const;
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+    QUndoGroup *group() const;
+#endif
+
+    void setEmptyLabel(const QString &label);
+    QString emptyLabel() const;
+
+    void setCleanIcon(const QIcon &icon);
+    QIcon cleanIcon() const;
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    void setStack(QUndoStack *stack);
+#ifndef QT_NO_UNDOGROUP
+    void setGroup(QUndoGroup *group);
+#endif
+
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QUndoView)
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QT_NO_UNDOVIEW
+#endif // QUNDOVIEW_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/util/util.pri b/src/widgets/util/util.pri
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..854964b784
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/util/util.pri
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+# Qt util module
+
+HEADERS += \
+        util/qsystemtrayicon.h \
+        util/qcompleter.h \
+        util/qcompleter_p.h \
+        util/qsystemtrayicon_p.h \
+        util/qscroller.h \
+        util/qscroller_p.h \
+        util/qscrollerproperties.h \
+        util/qscrollerproperties_p.h \
+        util/qflickgesture_p.h \
+        util/qundogroup.h \
+        util/qundostack.h \
+        util/qundostack_p.h \
+        util/qundoview.h
+
+SOURCES += \
+        util/qsystemtrayicon.cpp \
+        util/qcompleter.cpp \
+        util/qscroller.cpp \
+        util/qscrollerproperties.cpp \
+        util/qflickgesture.cpp \
+        util/qundogroup.cpp \
+        util/qundostack.cpp \
+        util/qundoview.cpp
+
+
+wince* {
+		SOURCES += \
+				util/qsystemtrayicon_wince.cpp
+} else:win32 {
+		SOURCES += \
+				util/qsystemtrayicon_win.cpp
+}
+
+unix:x11 {
+		SOURCES += \
+				util/qsystemtrayicon_x11.cpp
+}
+
+qpa {
+		SOURCES += \
+                                util/qsystemtrayicon_qpa.cpp
+}
+
+!qpa:!x11:mac {
+		OBJECTIVE_SOURCES += util/qsystemtrayicon_mac.mm
+}
+
+symbian {
+    LIBS += -letext -lplatformenv
+    contains(S60_VERSION, 3.1)|contains(S60_VERSION, 3.2)|contains(S60_VERSION, 5.0) {
+        LIBS += -lsendas2 -lapmime
+        contains(QT_CONFIG, s60) {
+            contains(CONFIG, is_using_gnupoc) {
+                LIBS += -lcommonui
+            } else {
+                LIBS += -lCommonUI
+            }
+        }
+    } else {
+        DEFINES += USE_SCHEMEHANDLER
+    }
+}
+
+macx {
+    OBJECTIVE_SOURCES += util/qscroller_mac.mm
+}